<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AngelikWetter</id>
	<title>formulasearchengine - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=AngelikWetter"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/wiki/Special:Contributions/AngelikWetter"/>
	<updated>2026-10-16T20:28:21Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.47.0-wmf.7</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32241</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32241"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T14:01:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Modulation techniques}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Amfm3-en-de.gif|thumb|right|250px|A signal may be carried by an [[Amplitude modulation|AM]] or FM radio wave.|alt=Animation of audio, AM and FM signals]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[telecommunications]] and [[signal processing]], &#039;&#039;&#039;frequency modulation&#039;&#039;&#039; (&#039;&#039;&#039;FM&#039;&#039;&#039;) is the encoding of [[information]] in a [[carrier wave]] by varying the [[instantaneous frequency]] of the wave. (Compare with [[amplitude modulation]], in which the [[amplitude]] of the carrier wave varies, while the frequency remains constant.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[analog signal]] applications, the difference between the instantaneous and the base frequency of the carrier is directly proportional to the instantaneous value of the input-signal amplitude.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Digital data]] can be encoded and transmitted via a carrier wave by shifting the carrier&#039;s frequency among a predefined set of frequencies—a technique known as [[frequency-shift keying]] (FSK). FSK is widely used in [[modem]]s and [[fax modem]]s, and can also be used to send [[Morse code]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book&lt;br /&gt;
 |title = Teach yourself electricity and electronics&lt;br /&gt;
 |author = Stan Gibilisco&lt;br /&gt;
 |publisher = McGraw-Hill Professional&lt;br /&gt;
 |year = 2002&lt;br /&gt;
 |isbn = 978-0-07-137730-0&lt;br /&gt;
 |page = 477&lt;br /&gt;
 |url = http://books.google.com/?id=-Q6SBAKsmXkC&amp;amp;pg=PA477&amp;amp;dq=morse-code+frequency-shift-keying+sent-using-fsk&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; [[Radioteletype]] also uses FSK.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book&lt;br /&gt;
 |title = The Electronics of Radio&lt;br /&gt;
 |author = David B. Rutledge&lt;br /&gt;
 |publisher = Cambridge University Press&lt;br /&gt;
 |year = 1999&lt;br /&gt;
 |isbn = 978-0-521-64645-1&lt;br /&gt;
 |page = 310&lt;br /&gt;
 |url = http://books.google.com/?id=ZvJYLhk4N64C&amp;amp;pg=RA2-PA310&amp;amp;dq=radio-teletype+fsk&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frequency modulation is used in [[radio]], [[telemetry]], [[radar]], seismic prospecting, and monitoring [[newborn]]s for seizures via [[EEG]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;B. Boashash, editor, “Time-Frequency Signal Analysis and Processing – A Comprehensive Reference”, Elsevier Science, Oxford, 2003; ISBN 0-08-044335-4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; FM is widely used for [[FM broadcasting|broadcasting]] music and speech, [[two-way radio]] systems, magnetic tape-recording systems and some video-transmission systems. In radio systems, frequency modulation with sufficient [[Bandwidth (signal processing)|bandwidth]] provides an advantage in cancelling naturally-occurring noise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frequency modulation is known as [[phase modulation]] when the carrier phase modulation is the time [[integral]] of the FM signal.{{clarify|date=July 2013}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Theory==&lt;br /&gt;
If the information to be transmitted (i.e., the [[baseband signal]]) is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_m(t)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the [[sinusoidal]] carrier is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;x_c(t) = A_c \cos (2 \pi f_c t)\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, where &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the carrier&#039;s base frequency, and &#039;&#039;A&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the carrier&#039;s amplitude, the modulator combines the carrier with the baseband data signal to get the transmitted signal:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;y(t) = A_c \cos \left( 2 \pi \int_{0}^{t} f(\tau) d \tau \right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;= A_{c} \cos \left( 2 \pi \int_{0}^{t} \left[ f_{c} + f_{\Delta} x_{m}(\tau) \right] d \tau \right)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; = A_{c} \cos \left( 2 \pi f_{c} t + 2 \pi f_{\Delta} \int_{0}^{t}x_{m}(\tau) d \tau \right) &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this equation, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(\tau)\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &#039;&#039;[[instantaneous phase#Instantaneous frequency|instantaneous frequency]]&#039;&#039; of the oscillator and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_{\Delta}\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the &#039;&#039;[[frequency deviation]]&#039;&#039;, which represents the maximum shift away from &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; in one direction, assuming &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;) is limited to the range ±1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
While most of the energy of the signal is contained within  &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; ± &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;Δ&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, it can be shown by [[Fourier analysis]] that a wider range of frequencies is required to precisely represent an FM signal. The [[frequency spectrum]] of an actual FM signal has components extending infinitely, although their amplitude decreases and higher-order components are often neglected in practical design problems.&amp;lt;ref name=TGTSCS05/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sinusoidal baseband signal===&lt;br /&gt;
Mathematically, a baseband modulated signal may be approximated by a [[Sine wave|sinusoid]]al [[continuous wave]] signal with a frequency &#039;&#039;f&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;m&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. The integral of such a signal is:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\int_{0}^{t}x_m(\tau)d \tau = \frac{A_m \cos (2 \pi f_m t)}{2 \pi f_m}\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, the expression for y(t) above simplifies to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; y(t) = A_{c} \cos \left( 2 \pi f_{c} t + \frac{f_{\Delta}}{f_{m}} \cos \left( 2 \pi f_{m} t \right) \right)\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where the amplitude &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A_{m}\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of the modulating [[Sine wave|sinusoid]] is represented by the peak deviation &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_{\Delta}\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (see [[frequency deviation]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[harmonic]] distribution of a [[sine wave]] carrier modulated by such a [[sinusoidal]] signal can be represented with [[Bessel function]]s; this provides the basis for a mathematical understanding of frequency modulation in the frequency domain.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modulation index===&lt;br /&gt;
As in other modulation systems, the value of the modulation index indicates by how much the modulated variable varies around its unmodulated level. It relates to variations in the carrier frequency:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h = \frac{\Delta{}f}{f_m} = \frac{f_\Delta |x_m(t)|}{f_m} \ &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_m\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the highest frequency component present in the modulating signal &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;), and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta{}f\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the peak frequency-deviation—i.e. the maximum deviation of the &#039;&#039;[[instantaneous phase#Instantaneous frequency|instantaneous frequency]]&#039;&#039; from the carrier frequency. If &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h \ll 1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the modulation is called &#039;&#039;narrowband FM&#039;&#039;, and its bandwidth is approximately &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2 f_m\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h \gg 1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, the modulation is called &#039;&#039;wideband FM&#039;&#039; and its bandwidth is approximately &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;2 f_\Delta\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. While wideband FM uses more bandwidth, it can improve the [[signal-to-noise ratio]] significantly; for example, doubling the value of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta{}f\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, while keeping &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_m&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; constant, results in an eight-fold improvement in the signal-to-noise ratio.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Der, Lawrence, Ph.D., &#039;&#039;Frequency Modulation (FM) Tutorial&#039;&#039;, http://www.silabs.com/Marcom%20Documents/Resources/FMTutorial.pdf, Silicon Laboratories, Inc., accessed 2013 February 24, p. 5&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Compare this with [[Chirp spread spectrum]], which uses extremely wide frequency deviations to achieve processing gains comparable to traditional, better-known spread-spectrum modes).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With a tone-modulated FM wave, if the modulation frequency is held constant and the modulation index is increased, the (non-negligible) bandwidth of the FM signal increases but the spacing between spectra remains the same; some spectral components decrease in strength as others increase. If the frequency deviation is held constant and the modulation frequency increased, the spacing between spectra increases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Frequency modulation can be classified as narrowband if the change in the carrier frequency is about the same as the signal frequency, or as wideband if the change in the carrier frequency is much higher (modulation index &amp;gt;1) than the signal frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;B. P. Lathi, &#039;&#039;Communication Systems&#039;&#039;, John Wiley and Sons, 1968 ISBN 0-471-51832-8, p, 214–217&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; For example, narrowband FM is used for [[two way radio]] systems such as [[Family Radio Service]], in which the carrier is allowed to deviate only 2.5&amp;amp;nbsp;kHz above and below the center frequency with speech signals of no more than 3.5&amp;amp;nbsp;kHz bandwidth. Wideband FM is used for [[FM broadcasting]], in which music and speech are transmitted with up to 75&amp;amp;nbsp;kHz deviation from the center frequency and carry audio with up to a 20-kHz bandwidth.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Bessel functions===&lt;br /&gt;
For the case of a carrier modulated by a single sine wave, the resulting frequency spectrum can be calculated using [[Bessel function]]s of the first kind, as a function of the sideband number and the modulation index. The carrier and sideband amplitudes are illustrated for different modulation indices of FM signals. For particular values of the modulation index, the carrier amplitude becomes zero and all the signal power is in the sidebands.&amp;lt;ref name=TGTSCS05&amp;gt;T.G. Thomas, S. C. Sekhar  &#039;&#039;Communication Theory&#039;&#039;, Tata-McGraw Hill 2005, ISBN 0070590915  page 136&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the sidebands are on both sides of the carrier, their count is doubled, and then multiplied by the modulating frequency to find the bandwidth. For example, 3 kHz deviation modulated by a 2.2 kHz audio tone produces a modulation index of 1.36. Examining the chart shows this modulation index will produce three sidebands. These three sidebands, when doubled, gives us (6 * 2.2 kHz) or a 13.2 kHz required bandwidth.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--   and   are spaces the width of a digit and punctuation, respectively; see [[Space (punctuation)#Table of spaces]]--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;text-align:right;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!rowspan=2| Modulation&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;index&lt;br /&gt;
!colspan=17| Sideband&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Carrier&lt;br /&gt;
! 1&lt;br /&gt;
! 2&lt;br /&gt;
! 3&lt;br /&gt;
! 4&lt;br /&gt;
! 5&lt;br /&gt;
! 6&lt;br /&gt;
! 7&lt;br /&gt;
! 8&lt;br /&gt;
! 9&lt;br /&gt;
! 10&lt;br /&gt;
! 11&lt;br /&gt;
! 12&lt;br /&gt;
! 13&lt;br /&gt;
! 14&lt;br /&gt;
! 15&lt;br /&gt;
! 16&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 0.00&lt;br /&gt;
| 1.00&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 0.25&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.98&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.12&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 0.5 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.94&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.24&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1.0 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.77&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.44&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.11&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 1.5 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.51&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.56&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.23&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2.0 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.22&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.58&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.35&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2.41&lt;br /&gt;
| 0   &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.52&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.43&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.20&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 2.5 &lt;br /&gt;
|−0.05&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.50&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.45&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.22&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.07&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 3.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|−0.26&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.34&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.49&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.31&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.04&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 4.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|−0.40&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.07&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.36&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.43&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.28&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.05&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 5.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|−0.18&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.33&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.05&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.36&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.39&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.26&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.05&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 5.53&lt;br /&gt;
| 0   &lt;br /&gt;
| −0.34&lt;br /&gt;
| −0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.25&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.40&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.32&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.19&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.09&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 6.0 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.15&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.28&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.24&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.11&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.36&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.36&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.25&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 7.0 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.30&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.00&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.30&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.17&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.16&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.35&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.34&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.23&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 8.0 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.17&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.23&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.11&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.29&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.10&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.19&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.34&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.32&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.22&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.13&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 8.65&lt;br /&gt;
| 0   &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.27&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.24&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.23&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.26&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.34&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.28&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.10&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.05&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.02&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 9.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|−0.09&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.25&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.14&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.18&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.27&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.20&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.33&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.31&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.21&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.12&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 10.0 &lt;br /&gt;
|−0.25&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.04&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.25&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.22&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.23&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.01&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.22&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.32&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.29&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.21&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.12&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.06&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! 12.0 &lt;br /&gt;
| 0.05&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.22&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.08&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.20&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.18&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.07&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.24&lt;br /&gt;
|−0.17&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.05&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.23&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.30&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.27&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.20&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.12&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.07&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.03&lt;br /&gt;
| 0.01&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Carson&#039;s rule===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Carson bandwidth rule}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A [[rule of thumb]], &#039;&#039;Carson&#039;s rule&#039;&#039; states that nearly all (~98 percent) of the power of a frequency-modulated signal lies within a [[bandwidth (signal processing)|bandwidth]] &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; B_T\, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\ B_T = 2(\Delta f +f_m)\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta f\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, as defined above, is the peak deviation of the instantaneous frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(t)\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; from the center carrier frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_c\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Noise Reduction==&lt;br /&gt;
A major advantage of FM in a communications circuit, compared for example with [[Amplitude modulation|AM]], is the possibility of improved [[Signal-to-noise ratio]] (SNR). Compared with an optimum AM scheme, FM typically has poorer SNR below a certain signal level called the noise threshold, but above a higher level – the full improvement or full quieting threshold – the SNR is much improved over AM. The improvement depends on modulation level and deviation.  For typical voice communications channels, improvements are typically 5-15 dB.  FM broadcasting using wider deviation can achieve even greater improvements.  Additional techniques, such as pre-emphasis of higher audio frequencies with corresponding de-emphasis in the receiver, are generally used to improve overall SNR in FM circuits. Since FM signals have constant amplitude, FM receivers normally have limiters that remove AM noise, further improving SNR.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Reference Data for Radio Engineers |edition=Fifth |page=21-11 |year=1970 |publisher=Howard W. Sams &amp;amp; Co. |editor=H. P. Westman}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=The ARRL Handbook for Radio Communications |publisher=American Radio Relay League |year=2010 |editor=H. Ward Silver and Mark J. Wilson (Eds) |author=Alan Bloom |chapter=Chapter 8. Modulation |page=8.7 |isbn=0-87259-144-8}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=={{anchor|Practical Implementation}}Implementation==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Modulation===&lt;br /&gt;
FM signals can be generated using either direct or indirect frequency modulation:&lt;br /&gt;
* Direct FM modulation can be achieved by directly feeding the message into the input of a [[Voltage-controlled oscillator|VCO]].&lt;br /&gt;
* For indirect FM modulation, the message signal is integrated to generate a [[phase modulation|phase-modulated signal]]. This is used to modulate a [[crystal oscillator|crystal-controlled oscillator]], and the result is passed through a [[frequency multiplier]] to give an FM signal.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;quot;Communication Systems&amp;quot; 4th Ed, Simon Haykin, 2001&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Demodulation===&lt;br /&gt;
{{See also|Detector_(radio)#Frequency_and_phase_modulation_detectors|l1=Detectors}}&lt;br /&gt;
Many FM detector circuits exist. A common method for recovering the information signal is through a [[Foster-Seeley discriminator]]. A [[phase-locked loop]] can be used as an FM demodulator. &#039;&#039;Slope detection&#039;&#039; demodulates an FM signal by using a tuned circuit which has its resonant frequency slightly offset from the carrier. As the frequency rises and falls the tuned circuit provides a changing amplitude of response, converting FM to AM. AM receivers may detect some FM transmissions by this means, although it does not provide an efficient means of [[Detector (radio)|detection]] for FM broadcasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Magnetic tape storage===&lt;br /&gt;
FM is also used at [[Intermediate frequency|intermediate frequencies]] by analog [[Video cassette recorder|VCR]] systems (including [[VHS]]) to record the [[Luminance (video)|luminance]] (black and white) portions of the video signal. Commonly, the chrominance component is recorded as a conventional AM signal, using the higher-frequency FM signal as bias. FM is the only feasible method of recording the luminance (&amp;quot;black and white&amp;quot;) component of video to (and retrieving video from) [[magnetic tape]] without distortion; video signals have a large range of frequency components – from a few [[hertz]] to several [[megahertz]], too wide for [[Equalization|equalizers]] to work with due to electronic noise below −60&amp;amp;nbsp;[[decibel|dB]]. FM also keeps the tape at saturation level, acting as a form of [[noise reduction]]; a [[audio level compression|limiter]] can mask variations in playback output, and the [[FM capture]] effect removes [[print-through]] and [[pre-echo]]. A continuous pilot-tone, if added to the signal – as was done on [[V2000]] and many Hi-band formats – can keep mechanical jitter under control and assist [[timebase correction]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These FM systems are unusual, in that they have a ratio of carrier to maximum modulation frequency of less than two; contrast this with FM audio broadcasting, where the ratio is around 10,000. Consider, for example, a 6-MHz carrier modulated at a 3.5-MHz rate; by Bessel analysis, the first sidebands are on 9.5 and 2.5&amp;amp;nbsp;MHz and the second sidebands are on 13&amp;amp;nbsp;MHz and −1&amp;amp;nbsp;MHz. The result is a reversed-phase sideband on +1&amp;amp;nbsp;MHz; on demodulation, this results in unwanted output at 6−1 = 5&amp;amp;nbsp;MHz. The system must be designed so that this unwanted output is reduced to an acceptable level.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;: &amp;quot;FM Systems Of Exceptional Bandwidth&amp;quot; Proc. IEEE vol 112, no. 9, p. 1664, September 1965&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sound===&lt;br /&gt;
FM is also used at [[audio frequency|audio frequencies]] to synthesize sound. This technique, known as [[frequency modulation synthesis|FM synthesis]], was popularized by early digital [[synthesizer]]s and became a standard feature in several generations of [[personal computer]] [[sound card]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Radio===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FM Broadcast Transmitter High Power.jpg|200px|thumb|An American FM radio transmitter in Buffalo, NY at WEDG]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|FM broadcasting}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Edwin Howard Armstrong]] (1890–1954) was an American electrical engineer who invented wideband frequency modulation (FM) radio.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite book&lt;br /&gt;
 |title = Principles of modern communications technology&lt;br /&gt;
 |author = A. Michael Noll&lt;br /&gt;
 |publisher = Artech House&lt;br /&gt;
 |year = 2001&lt;br /&gt;
 |isbn = 978-1-58053-284-6&lt;br /&gt;
 |page = 104&lt;br /&gt;
 |url = http://books.google.com/books?id=6tDEZlwiMK0C&amp;amp;pg=PA104&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He patented the regenerative circuit in 1914, the superheterodyne receiver in 1918 and the super-regenerative circuit in 1922.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{patent|US|1342885}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Armstrong presented his paper, &amp;quot;A Method of Reducing Disturbances in Radio Signaling by a System of Frequency Modulation&amp;quot;, (which first described FM radio) before the New York section of the [[Institute of Radio Engineers]] on November 6, 1935. The paper was published in 1936.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
 |first = E. H.&lt;br /&gt;
 |last = Armstrong&lt;br /&gt;
 |title = A Method of Reducing Disturbances in Radio Signaling by a System of Frequency Modulation&lt;br /&gt;
 |journal = Proceedings of the IRE&lt;br /&gt;
 |volume = 24&lt;br /&gt;
 |issue = 5&lt;br /&gt;
 |pages = 689–740&lt;br /&gt;
 |publisher = IRE&lt;br /&gt;
 |date= May 1936&lt;br /&gt;
 |doi = 10.1109/JRPROC.1936.227383&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the name implies, wideband FM (WFM) requires a wider [[signal bandwidth]] than [[amplitude modulation]] by an equivalent modulating signal; this also makes the signal more robust against [[Noise (radio)|noise]] and [[Interference (communication)|interference]]. Frequency modulation is also more robust against signal-amplitude-fading phenomena. As a result, FM was chosen as the modulation standard for high frequency, [[high fidelity]] [[radio]] transmission, hence the term &amp;quot;[[FM radio]]&amp;quot; (although for many years the [[BBC]] called it &amp;quot;VHF radio&amp;quot; because commercial FM broadcasting uses part of the [[VHF]] band—the [[FM broadcast band]]). FM [[receiver (radio)|receivers]] employ a special [[Detector (radio)|detector]] for FM signals and exhibit a phenomenon known as the &#039;&#039;[[capture effect]]&#039;&#039;, in which the [[Tuner (radio)|tuner]] &amp;quot;captures&amp;quot; the stronger of two stations on the same frequency while rejecting the other (compare this with a similar situation on an AM receiver, where both stations can be heard simultaneously). However, [[frequency drift]] or a lack of [[Electronic selectivity|selectivity]] may cause one station to be overtaken by another on an [[adjacent channel]]. Frequency [[drift (telecommunication)|drift]] was a problem in early (or inexpensive) receivers; inadequate selectivity may affect any tuner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An FM signal can also be used to carry a [[stereophonic sound|stereo]] signal; this is done with [[multiplexing]] and demultiplexing before and after the FM process. The FM modulation and demodulation process is identical in stereo and monaural processes. A high-efficiency radio-frequency [[switching amplifier]] can be used to transmit FM signals (and other [[constant envelope|constant-amplitude signals]]). For a given signal strength (measured at the receiver antenna), switching amplifiers use [[low-power electronics|less battery power]] and typically cost less than a [[linear amplifier]]. This gives FM another advantage over other modulation methods requiring linear amplifiers, such as AM and [[Quadrature amplitude modulation|QAM]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
FM is commonly used at [[VHF]] [[radio frequencies]] for [[high-fidelity]] [[radio broadcasting|broadcasts]] of music and [[Speech communication|speech]]. Analog TV sound is also broadcast using FM. Narrowband FM is used for voice communications in commercial and [[amateur radio]] settings. In broadcast services, where audio fidelity is important, wideband FM is generally used. In [[two-way radio]], narrowband FM (NBFM) is used to conserve bandwidth for land mobile, marine mobile and other radio services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Amplitude modulation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Continuous-wave frequency-modulated radar]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Chirp]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FM broadcasting]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FM stereo]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FM-UWB]] (FM and Ultra Wideband)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[History of radio]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Modulation]], for a list of other modulation techniques&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist|35em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further reading==&lt;br /&gt;
* A. Bruce Carlson. &#039;&#039;Communication Systems, 4th edition.&#039;&#039; McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math. 2001. ISBN 0-07-011127-8, ISBN 978-0-07-011127-1.&lt;br /&gt;
* Gary L. Frost. &#039;&#039;Early FM Radio: Incremental Technology in Twentieth-Century America.&#039;&#039; Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 2010. ISBN 0-8018-9440-9, ISBN 978-0-8018-9440-4.&lt;br /&gt;
* Ken Seymour, AT&amp;amp;T Wireless (Mobility). &#039;&#039;Frequency Modulation, The Electronics Handbook, pp 1188-1200, 1st Edition, 1996. 2nd Edition, 2005&#039;&#039; CRC Press, Inc., ISBN 0-8493-8345-5 (1st Edition).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Analogue TV transmitter topics}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Telecommunications}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Audio broadcasting}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Radio modulation modes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32239</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32239"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T14:01:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Distinguish2|[[Iron|ferrum]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{good article}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{infobox fermium}}&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Fermium&#039;&#039;&#039; is a [[synthetic element]] with symbol&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;&#039;Fm&#039;&#039;&#039; and [[atomic number]]&amp;amp;nbsp;100. It is a member of the [[actinide]] series. It is the heaviest element that can be formed by [[neutron]] bombardment of lighter elements, and hence the last element that can be prepared in macroscopic quantities, although pure fermium metal has not yet been prepared.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; A total of 19 isotopes are known, with &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;257&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm being the longest-lived with a half-life of 100.5 days.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It was discovered in the debris of the [[Ivy Mike|first]] [[hydrogen bomb]] explosion in 1952, and named after [[Enrico Fermi]], one of the pioneers of [[nuclear physics]]. Its chemistry is typical for the late actinides, with a preponderance of the +3 [[oxidation state]] but also an accessible +2 oxidation state. Owing to the small amounts of produced fermium and all of its isotopes having relatively short half-lives, there are currently no uses for it outside of basic scientific research.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Discovery==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Ivy Mike - mushroom cloud.jpg|thumb|left|Fermium was first observed in the fallout from the &#039;&#039;Ivy Mike&#039;&#039; nuclear test.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Enrico Fermi 1943-49.jpg|thumb|left|The element was named after Enrico Fermi.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Albert Ghiorso ca 1970.jpg|thumb|left|The element was discovered by a team headed by [[Albert Ghiorso]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fermium was first discovered in the fallout from the &#039;[[Ivy Mike]]&#039; nuclear test (1&amp;amp;nbsp;November 1952), the first successful test of a hydrogen bomb.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lanl&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite web| url=http://periodic.lanl.gov/elements/99.html|title=Einsteinium|accessdate=2007-12-07|archiveurl=http://web.archive.org/web/20071026052909/http://periodic.lanl.gov/elements/99.html &amp;lt;!--Added by H3llBot--&amp;gt;|archivedate=2007-10-26}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nrc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca/eng/education/elements/el/fm.html Fermium – National Research Council Canada]. Retrieved 2 December 2007&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ghiorso&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; Initial examination of the debris from the explosion had shown the production of a new isotope of [[plutonium]], [[plutonium-244|{{Nuclide|Pu|Z=94|A=244}}]]: this could only have formed by the absorption of six [[neutron]]s by a [[uranium-238]] nucleus followed by two [[Beta decay|β&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;decays]]. At the time, the absorption of neutrons by a heavy nucleus was thought to be a rare process, but the identification of {{Nuclide|Pu|Z=94|A=244}} raised the possibility that still more neutrons could have been absorbed by the uranium nuclei, leading to new elements.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ghiorso&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal|first = Albert|last = Ghiorso|authorlink = Albert Ghiorso|date = 2003 |title = Einsteinium and Fermium|journal = Chemical and Engineering News|url = http://pubs.acs.org/cen/80th/einsteiniumfermium.html|volume = 81|issue = 36|doi = 10.1021/cen-v081n036.p174|pages = 174}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Element&amp;amp;nbsp;99 ([[einsteinium]]) was quickly discovered on filter papers which had been flown through the cloud from the explosion (the same sampling technique that had been used to discover {{Nuclide|Pu|Z=94|A=244}}).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ghiorso&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; It was then identified in December 1952 by [[Albert Ghiorso]] and co-workers at the [[University of California at Berkeley]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;lanl&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;nrc&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[http://www.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca/eng/education/elements/el/es.html Einsteinium – National Research Council Canada]. Retrieved 2 December 2007&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ghiorso&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; They discovered the isotope &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;253&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Es ([[half-life]] 20.5 days) that was made by the [[neutron capture|capture]] of 15 [[neutron]]s by [[uranium-238]] nuclei – which then underwent seven successive [[beta decay]]s:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathrm{^{238}_{\ 92}U\ \xrightarrow {+\ 15 n,   7 \beta^-} \ ^{253}_{\ 99}Es}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;238&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;U atoms, however, could capture another amount of neutrons (most likely, 16 or 17).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discovery of fermium (Z&amp;amp;nbsp;= 100) required more material, as the yield was expected to be at least an order of magnitude lower than that of element&amp;amp;nbsp;99, and so contaminated coral from the [[Enewetak atoll]] (where the test had taken place) was shipped to the [[University of California Radiation Laboratory]] in [[Berkeley, California]], for processing and analysis. About two months after the test, a new component was isolated emitting high-energy [[α-particle]]s (7.1&amp;amp;nbsp;MeV) with a [[half-life]] of about a day. With such a short half-life, it could only arise from the β&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;decay of an isotope of einsteinium, and so had to be an isotope of the new element&amp;amp;nbsp;100: it was quickly identified as &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;255&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm (t&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;= 20.07(7)&amp;amp;nbsp;hours).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ghiorso&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The discovery of the new elements, and the new data on neutron capture, was initially kept secret on the orders of the U.S.&amp;amp;nbsp;military until 1955 due to [[Cold War]] tensions.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ghiorso&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name = &amp;quot;PhysRev.99.1048&amp;quot; &amp;gt;{{cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
| last1 = Ghiorso&lt;br /&gt;
| first1 = A.&lt;br /&gt;
| last2 = Thompson&lt;br /&gt;
| first2 = S.&lt;br /&gt;
| last3 = Higgins&lt;br /&gt;
| first3 = G.&lt;br /&gt;
| last4 = Seaborg&lt;br /&gt;
| first4 = G.&lt;br /&gt;
| last5 = Studier&lt;br /&gt;
| first5 = M.&lt;br /&gt;
| last6 = Fields&lt;br /&gt;
| first6 = P.&lt;br /&gt;
| last7 = Fried&lt;br /&gt;
| first7 = S.&lt;br /&gt;
| last8 = Diamond&lt;br /&gt;
| first8 = H.&lt;br /&gt;
| last9 = Mech&lt;br /&gt;
| first9 = J.&lt;br /&gt;
| last10 = Pyle&lt;br /&gt;
| first10 = G.&lt;br /&gt;
| last11 = Huizenga&lt;br /&gt;
| first11 = J.&lt;br /&gt;
| last12 = Hirsch&lt;br /&gt;
| first12 = A.&lt;br /&gt;
| last13 = Manning&lt;br /&gt;
| first13 = W.&lt;br /&gt;
| last14 = Browne&lt;br /&gt;
| first14 = C.&lt;br /&gt;
| last15 = Smith&lt;br /&gt;
| first15 = H.&lt;br /&gt;
| last16 = Spence&lt;br /&gt;
| first16 = R.&lt;br /&gt;
| title = New Elements Einsteinium and Fermium, Atomic Numbers 99 and 100&lt;br /&gt;
| journal = Phys. Rev.&lt;br /&gt;
| volume = 99&lt;br /&gt;
| issue = 3&lt;br /&gt;
| doi = 10.1103/PhysRev.99.1048&lt;br /&gt;
| pages = 1048–1049&lt;br /&gt;
| date = 1955|bibcode = 1955PhRv...99.1048G | display-authors = 8&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fields, P. R.; Studier, M. H.; Diamond, H.; Mech, J. F.; Inghram, M. G. Pyle, G. L.; Stevens, C. M.; Fried, S.; Manning, W. M. (Argonne National Laboratory, Lemont, Illinois); Ghiorso, A.; Thompson, S. G.; Higgins, G. H.; Seaborg, G. T. (University of California, Berkeley, California): &amp;quot;Transplutonium Elements in Thermonuclear Test Debris&amp;quot;, in: {{cite journal|last1=Fields|first1=P.|last2=Studier|first2=M.|last3=Diamond|first3=H.|last4=Mech|first4=J.|last5=Inghram|first5=M.|last6=Pyle|first6=G.|last7=Stevens|first7=C.|last8=Fried|first8=S.|last9=Manning|first9=W. |last10=Ghiorso|first10=A.|last11=Thompson|first11=S.|last12=Higgins|first12=G.|last13=Seaborg|first13=G.|title=Transplutonium Elements in Thermonuclear Test Debris|journal=Physical Review|volume=102|pages=180|date=1956|doi=10.1103/PhysRev.102.180|bibcode = 1956PhRv..102..180F }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Nevertheless, the Berkeley team were able to prepare elements 99 and 100 by civilian means, through the neutron bombardment of [[plutonium-239]], and published this work in 1954 with the disclaimer that it was not the first studies that had been carried out on the elements.&amp;lt;ref name = &amp;quot;PhysRev.93.908&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal|first1 = S. G.|last1 = Thompson |first2 = A.|last2 = Ghiorso|authorlink2 = Albert Ghiorso|first3 = B. G.|last3 = Harvey|first4 = G. R.|last4 = Choppin|title = Transcurium Isotopes Produced in the Neutron Irradiation of Plutonium|journal = Physical Review|volume = 93|issue = 4|page = 908|date = 1954|doi = 10.1103/PhysRev.93.908|bibcode = 1954PhRv...93..908T }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|first1 = G. R.|last1 = Choppin|first2 = S. G.|last2 = Thompson|first3 = A.|last3 = Ghiorso|authorlink3 = Albert Ghiorso|first4 = B. G.|last4 = Harvey|title = Nuclear Properties of Some Isotopes of Californium, Elements 99 and 100|journal = Physical Review|volume = 94|issue = 4|pages = 1080–1081|date = 1954|doi = 10.1103/PhysRev.94.1080|bibcode = 1954PhRv...94.1080C }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The &#039;Ivy Mike&#039; studies were declassified and published in 1955.&amp;lt;ref name = &amp;quot;PhysRev.99.1048&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Berkeley team had been worried that another group might discover lighter isotopes of element&amp;amp;nbsp;100 through ion bombardment techniques before they could publish their classified research,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Ghiorso&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; and this proved to be the case. A group at the Nobel Institute for Physics in Stockholm independently discovered the element, producing an [[isotope]] later confirmed to be &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;250&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm (t&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1/2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;= 30&amp;amp;nbsp;minutes) by bombarding a {{Nuclide|U|Z=92|A=238}} target with [[oxygen-16]] ions, and published their work in May 1954.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Atterling|first1 = Hugo|last2 = Forsling|first2 = Wilhelm|last3 = Holm |first3 = Lennart W.|last4 = Melander|first4 = Lars|last5 = Åström|first5 = Björn|date = 1954|title = Element 100 Produced by Means of Cyclotron-Accelerated Oxygen Ions|journal = Physical Review|volume = 95|issue = 2|pages = 585–586|doi = 10.1103/PhysRev.95.585.2|bibcode = 1954PhRv...95..585A }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Nevertheless, the priority of the Berkeley team was generally recognized, and with it the prerogative to name the new element in honour of the recently deceased [[Enrico Fermi]], the developer of the first artificial self-sustained nuclear reactor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Isotopes==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Isotopes of fermium}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Decay of Fermium-257.PNG|thumb|center|750px|Decay pathway of fermium-257]]&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
There are 19 isotopes of fermium listed in N&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;UBASE&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;2003,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NUBASE&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{NUBASE 2003}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; with atomic weights of 242 to 260,{{#tag:ref|The discovery of &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;260&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm is considered &amp;quot;unproven&amp;quot; in N&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;UBASE&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;2003.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NUBASE&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;|group=Note|name=Fm-260}} of which &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;257&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm is the longest-lived with a [[half-life]] of 100.5&amp;amp;nbsp;days. &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;253&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm has a half-life of 3 days, while &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;251&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm of 5.3&amp;amp;nbsp;h, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;252&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm of 25.4&amp;amp;nbsp;h, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;254&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm of 3.2&amp;amp;nbsp;h, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;255&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm of 20.1&amp;amp;nbsp;h, and &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;256&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm of 2.6&amp;amp;nbsp;hours. All the remaining ones have half-lives ranging from 30 minutes to less than a millisecond.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NUBASE&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The neutron-capture product of fermium-257, &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;258&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm, undergoes [[spontaneous fission]] with a half-life of just 370(14)&amp;amp;nbsp;microseconds; &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;259&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm and &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;260&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm are also unstable with respect to spontaneous fission (t&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1/2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;= 1.5(3)&amp;amp;nbsp;s and 4&amp;amp;nbsp;ms respectively).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NUBASE&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref group=&amp;quot;Note&amp;quot; name=&amp;quot;Fm-260&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; This means that neutron capture cannot be used to create [[nuclide]]s with a [[mass number]] greater than 257, unless carried out in a nuclear explosion. As &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;257&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm is an [[Alpha decay|α-emitter]], decaying to &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;253&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Cf, and no fermium isotopes undergo [[beta minus decay]] (which would produce isotopes of the next element, mendelevium), fermium is also the last element that can be prepared by a neutron-capture process.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Silva|first = Robert J.|contribution = Fermium, Mendelevium, Nobelium, and Lawrencium|title = The Chemistry of the Actinide and Transactinide Elements|editor1-first = Lester R.|editor1-last = Morss|editor2-first = Norman M.|editor2-last = Edelstein|editor3-first = Jean|editor3-last = Fuger|edition = 3rd|date = 2006|volume = 3|publisher = Springer|location = Dordrecht|pages = 1621–1651|url = http://radchem.nevada.edu/classes/rdch710/files/Fm%20to%20Lr.pdf |format=PDF| doi = 10.1007/1-4020-3598-5_13|isbn = 978-1-4020-3555-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;G&amp;amp;E&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Greenwood&amp;amp;Earnshaw1st|page=1262}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=nuclidetable&amp;gt;{{cite web |url=http://www.nndc.bnl.gov/chart/reCenter.jsp?z=100&amp;amp;n=147 |title=Interactive Chart of Nuclides |publisher=Brookhaven National Laboratory |author=Sonzogni, Alejandro |location=National Nuclear Data Center |accessdate=2008-06-06}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Production==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Elutionskurven Fm Es Cf Bk Cm Am.png|thumb|[[Elution]]: chromatographic separation of Fm(100), Es(99), Cf, Bk, Cm and Am.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Fermium is produced by the bombardment of lighter [[actinide]]s with [[neutron]]s in a nuclear reactor. Fermium-257 is the heaviest isotope that is obtained via neutron capture, and can only be produced in nanogram quantities.&amp;lt;ref group=Note&amp;gt;All isotopes of elements Z &amp;amp;gt; 100 can only be produced by accelerator-based nuclear reactions with charged particles and can be obtained only in tracer quantities (e.g., 1 million atoms for Md (Z = 101) per hour of irradiation (see reference 1 below)).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1=Luig |first1=Heribert|last2=Keller|first2=Cornelius|last3=Wolf|first3=Walter|last4=Shani |first4=Jashovam&lt;br /&gt;
|last5=Miska|first5=Horst|last6=Zyball |first6=Alfred |last7=Gervé|first7=Andreas|last8=Balaban|first8=Alexandru T.|last9=Kellerer|first9=Albrecht M.|last10=Griebel|first10=Jürgen|title=Ullmann&#039;s Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry|date=2000|doi=10.1002/14356007.a22_499|chapter=Radionuclides|isbn=3527306730}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The major source is the 85&amp;amp;nbsp;MW [[High Flux Isotope Reactor]] (HFIR) at the [[Oak Ridge National Laboratory]] in [[Tennessee]], USA, which is dedicated to the production of transcurium (&#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;gt; 96) elements.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite web|title = High Flux Isotope Reactor|url = http://neutrons.ornl.gov/facilities/HFIR/|publisher = Oak Ridge National Laboratory|accessdate = 2010-09-23}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In a &amp;quot;typical processing campaign&amp;quot; at Oak Ridge, tens of grams of [[curium]] are irradiated to produce decigram quantities of [[californium]], milligram quantities of [[berkelium]] and [[einsteinium]] and picogram quantities of fermium.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|first1 = C. E.|last1 = Porter|first2 = F. D., Jr.|last2 = Riley|first3 = R. D.|last3 = Vandergrift|first4 = L. K.|last4 = Felker|title = Fermium Purification Using Teva Resin Extraction Chromatography|journal = Sep. Sci. Technol.|volume = 32|issue = 1–4|date = 1997|pages = 83–92|doi = 10.1080/01496399708003188}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; However, nanogram&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|first1 = M.|last1 = Sewtz|first2 = H.|last2 = Backe|first3 = A.|last3 = Dretzke|first4 = G.|last4 = Kube|first5 = W.|last5 = Lauth|first6 = P.|last6 = Schwamb|first7 = K.|last7 = Eberhardt|first8 = C.|last8 = Grüning|first9 = P.|last10 = Trautmann|first10 = N.|last11 = Kunz|first11 = P.|last12 = Lassen|first12 = J.|last13 = Passler|first13 = G.|last14 = Dong|first14 = C.|last15 = Fritzsche|first15 = S.|last16 = Haire|first16 = R.|last9 = Thörle&lt;br /&gt;
|title = First Observation of Atomic Levels for the Element Fermium (&#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039;=100)|journal = Phys. Rev. Lett.|volume = 90|issue = 16|page = 163002|date = 2003|doi = 10.1103/PhysRevLett.90.163002|bibcode=2003PhRvL..90p3002S}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and microgram&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;G&amp;amp;E&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; quantities of fermium can be prepared for specific experiments. The quantities of fermium produced in 20–200&amp;amp;nbsp;kiloton thermonuclear explosions is believed to be of the order of milligrams, although it is mixed in with a huge quantity of debris; 40&amp;amp;nbsp;picograms of &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;257&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm was recovered from 10&amp;amp;nbsp;kilograms of debris from the &#039;[[Operation Mandrel|Hutch]]&#039; test (16&amp;amp;nbsp;July 1969).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Hoff|first1 = R. W.|last2 = Hulet|first2 = E. K.|date = 1970|title = Engineering with Nuclear Explosives|volume = 2|pages = 1283–1294}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After production, the fermium must be separated from other actinides and from [[lanthanoid]] fission products. This is usually achieved by [[ion exchange chromatography]], with the standard process using a cation exchanger such as Dowex&amp;amp;nbsp;50 or T&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;EVA&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt; eluted with a solution of ammonium α-hydroxyisobutyrate.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Choppin|first1 = G. R.|last2 = Harvey|first2 = B. G.|last3 = Thompson|first3 = S. G.|date = 1956|title = A new eluant for the separation of the actinide elements|journal = J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem.|volume = 2|issue = 1|pages = 66–68|doi = 10.1016/0022-1902(56)80105-X}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Smaller cations form more stable complexes with the α-hydroxyisobutyrate anion, and so are preferentially eluted from the column.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; A rapid [[fractional crystallization (chemistry)|fractional crystallization]] method has also been described.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Mikheev|first1 = N. B.|last2 = Kamenskaya|first2 = A. N.|last3 = Konovalova|first3 = N. A.|last4 = Rumer|first4 = I. A.|last5 = Kulyukhin|first5 = S. A.|title = High-speed method for the separation of fermium from actinides and lanthanides|date =1983|journal = Radiokhimiya|volume = 25|issue = 2|pages = 158–161}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although the most stable isotope of fermium is &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;257&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm, with a [[half-life]] of 100.5&amp;amp;nbsp;days, most studies are conducted on &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;255&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm (t&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1/2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;= 20.07(7)&amp;amp;nbsp;hours) as this isotope can be easily isolated as required as the decay product of &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;255&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Es (t&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1/2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;= 39.8(12)&amp;amp;nbsp;days).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Synthesis in nuclear explosions==&lt;br /&gt;
The analysis of the debris at the 10-[[TNT equivalent|megaton]] &#039;&#039;Ivy Mike&#039;&#039; nuclear test was a part of long-term project, one of the goals of which was studying the efficiency of production of transuranium elements in high-power nuclear explosions. The motivation for these experiments was as follows: synthesis of such elements from uranium requires multiple neutron capture. The probability of such events increases with the neutron flux, and nuclear explosions are the most powerful neutron sources, providing densities of the order 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;23&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; neutrons/cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; within a microsecond, i.e. about 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;29&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; neutrons/(cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;·s). In comparison, the flux of the HFIR reactor is 5{{e|15}} neutrons/(cm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;·s). A dedicated laboratory was set up right at [[Enewetak Atoll]] for preliminary analysis of debris, as some isotopes could have decayed by the time the debris samples reached the U.S. The laboratory was receiving samples for analysis, as soon as possible, from airplanes equipped with paper filters which flew over the atoll after the tests. Whereas it was hoped to discover new chemical elements heavier than fermium, those were not found after a series of megaton explosions conducted between 1954 and 1956 at the atoll.&amp;lt;ref name=s39&amp;gt;Seaborg, p. 39&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ActinideExplosionSynthesis.png|thumb|300px|left|Estimated yield of transuranium elements in the U.S. nuclear tests Hutch and Cyclamen.&amp;lt;ref name=s40/&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
The atmospheric results were supplemented by the underground test data accumulated in the 1960s at the [[Nevada National Security Site|Nevada Test Site]], as it was hoped that powerful explosions conducted in confined space might result in improved yields and heavier isotopes. Apart from traditional uranium charges, combinations of uranium with americium and thorium have been tried, as well as a mixed plutonium-neptunium charge. They were less successful in terms of yield that was attributed to stronger losses of heavy isotopes due to enhanced fission rates in heavy-element charges. Isolation of the products was found to be rather problematic, as the explosions were spreading debris through melting and vaporizing rocks under the great depth of 300–600 meters, and drilling to such depth in order to extract the products was both slow and inefficient in terms of collected volumes.&amp;lt;ref name=s39/&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref name=s40&amp;gt;Seaborg, p. 40&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the nine underground tests, which were carried between 1962 and 1969 and codenamed Anacostia (5.2 [[TNT equivalent|kilotons]], 1962), Kennebec (&amp;lt;5 kilotons, 1963), Par (38, kilotons, 1964), Barbel (&amp;lt;20 kilotons, 1964), Tweed (&amp;lt;20 kilotons, 1965), Cyclamen (13 kilotons, 1966), Kankakee (20-200 kilotons, 1966), Vulcan (25 kilotons, 1966) and Hutch (20-200 kilotons, 1969),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.nv.doe.gov/library/publications/historical/DOENV_209_REV15.pdf United States Nuclear Tests July 1945 through September 1992], DOE/NV--209-REV 15, December 2000&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; the last one was most powerful and had the highest yield of transuranium elements. In the dependence on the atomic mass number, the yield showed a saw-tooth behavior with the lower values for odd isotopes, due to their higher fission rates.&amp;lt;ref name=s40/&amp;gt; The major practical problem of the entire proposal was however collecting the radioactive debris dispersed by the powerful blast. Aircraft filters adsorbed only about 4{{e|-14}} of the total amount and collection of tons of corals at Enewetak Atoll increased this fraction by only two orders of magnitude. Extraction of about 500 kilograms of underground rocks 60 days after the Hutch explosion recovered only about 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−7&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; of the total charge. The amount of transuranium elements in this 500-kg batch was only 30 times higher than in a 0.4&amp;amp;nbsp;kg rock picked up 7 days after the test. This observation demonstrated the highly nonlinear dependence of the transuranium elements yield on the amount of retrieved radioactive rock.&amp;lt;ref name=s43&amp;gt;Seaborg, p. 43&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In order to accelerate sample collection after explosion, shafts were drilled at the site not after but before the test, so that explosion would expel radioactive material from the epicenter, through the shafts, to collecting volumes near the surface. This method was tried in the Anacostia and Kennebec tests and instantly provided hundreds kilograms of material, but with actinide concentration 3 times lower than in samples obtained after drilling; whereas such method could have been efficient in scientific studies of short-lived isotopes, it could not improve the overall collection efficiency of the produced actinides.&amp;lt;ref name=s44&amp;gt;Seaborg, p. 44&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although no new elements (apart from einsteinium and fermium) could be detected in the nuclear test debris, and the total yields of transuranium elements were disappointingly low, these tests did provide significantly higher amounts of rare heavy isotopes than previously available in laboratories. So 6{{e|9}} atoms of &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;257&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm could be recovered after the Hutch detonation. They were then used in the studies of thermal-neutron induced fission of &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;257&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm and in discovery of a new fermium isotope &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;258&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Fm. Also the rare &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;250&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Cm isotope was synthesized in large quantities, which is very difficult to produce in nuclear reactors from its progenitor &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;249&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Cm – the half-life of &amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;249&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;Cm (64 minutes) is much too short for months-long reactor irradiations, but is very &amp;quot;long&amp;quot; on the explosion timescale.&amp;lt;ref name=s47&amp;gt;Seaborg, p. 47&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Natural occurrence==&lt;br /&gt;
Because of the short half-life of all isotopes of fermium, any [[Primordial nuclide|primordial]] fermium, that is fermium that could possibly be present on the Earth during its formation, has decayed by now. Synthesis of fermium from naturally occurring actinides uranium and thorium in the Earth crust requires multiple neutron capture, which is an extremely unlikely event. Therefore, most fermium is produced on Earth in scientific laboratories, high-power nuclear reactors, or in [[nuclear weapons testing|nuclear weapons tests]], and is present only within a few months from the time of the synthesis. [[Einsteinium]] and fermium did occur naturally in the [[natural nuclear fission reactor]] at [[Oklo]], but no longer do so.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;emsley&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Emsley|first=John|title=Nature&#039;s Building Blocks: An A-Z Guide to the Elements|edition=New|date=2011|publisher=Oxford University Press|location=New York, NY|isbn=978-0-19-960563-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Chemistry==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fermium-Ytterbium Alloy.jpg|thumb|A fermium-[[ytterbium]] alloy used for measuring the [[enthalpy of vaporization]] of fermium metal.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The chemistry of fermium has only been studied in solution using tracer techniques, and no solid compounds have been prepared. Under normal conditions, fermium exists in solution as the Fm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ion, which has a hydration number of 16.9 and an [[acid dissociation constant]] of 1.6{{e|−4}} (p&#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;a&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;= 3.8).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Lundqvist|first1 = Robert|last2 = Hulet|first2 = E. K.|last3 = Baisden|first3 = T. A.|date = 1981|last4 = Näsäkkälä|first4 = Elina|last5 = Wahlberg|first5 = Olof|title = Electromigration Method in Tracer Studies of Complex Chemistry. II. Hydrated Radii and Hydration Numbers of Trivalent Actinides|journal = Acta Chem. Scand., Ser. A|volume = 35|pages = 653–661|doi = 10.3891/acta.chem.scand.35a-0653}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Hussonnois|first1 = H.|last2 = Hubert|first2 = S.|last3 = Aubin|first3 = L.|last4 = Guillaumont|first4 = R.|last5 = Boussieres|first5 = G.|date = 1972|journal = Radiochem. Radioanal. Lett.|volume = 10|pages = 231–238}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Fm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; forms complexes with a wide variety of organic ligands with [[HSAB theory|hard]] donor atoms such as oxygen, and these complexes are usually more stable than those of the preceding actinides.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; It also forms anionic complexes with ligands such as [[chloride]] or [[nitrate]] and, again, these complexes appear to be more stable than those formed by [[einsteinium]] or [[californium]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Thompson|first1 = S. G.|last2 = Harvey|first2 = B. G.|last3 = Choppin|first3 = G. R.|last4 = Seaborg|first4 = G. T.|authorlink4 = Glenn T. Seaborg|date = 1954|title = Chemical Properties of Elements 99 and 100|journal = J. Am. Chem. Soc.|volume = 76|issue = 24|pages = 6229–6236|doi = 10.1021/ja01653a004}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It is believed that the bonding in the complexes of the later actinides is mostly [[Ionic bond|ionic]] in character: the Fm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ion is expected to be smaller than the preceding An&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; ions because of the higher [[effective nuclear charge]] of fermium, and hence fermium would be expected to form shorter and stronger metal–ligand bonds.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Silva&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fermium(III) can be fairly easily reduced to fermium(II),&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Malý|first = Jaromír|date = 1967|title = The amalgamation behaviour of heavy elements 1. Observation of anomalous preference in formation of amalgams of californium, einsteinium, and fermium|journal = Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Lett.|volume = 3|issue = 9|pages = 373–381|doi = 10.1016/0020-1650(67)80046-1}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; for example with [[samarium(II) chloride]], with which fermium coprecipitates.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Mikheev|first1 = N. B.|last2 = Spitsyn|first2 = V. I.|last3 = Kamenskaya|first3 = A. N.|last4 = Gvozdec|first4 = B. A.|last5 = Druin|first5 = V. A.|last6 = Rumer|first6 = I. A.|last7 = Dyachkova|first7 = R. A.|last8 = Rozenkevitch|first8 = N. A.|last9 = Auerman|first9 = L. N.|date = 1972|title = Reduction of fermium to divalent state in chloride aqueous ethanolic solutions|journal = Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Lett.|volume = 8|issue = 11|pages = 929–936|doi = 10.1016/0020-1650(72)80202-2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Hulet|first1 = E. K.|last2 = Lougheed|first2 = R. W.|last3 = Baisden|first3 = P. A.|last4 = Landrum|first4 = J. H.|last5 = Wild|first5 = J. F.|last6 = Lundqvist|first6 = R. F.|date = 1979|title = Non-observance of monovalent Md|journal = J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem.|volume = 41|issue = 12|pages = 1743–1747|doi = 10.1016/0022-1902(79)80116-5}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The [[electrode potential]] has been estimated to be similar to that of the [[ytterbium]](III)/(II) couple, or about −1.15&amp;amp;nbsp;V with respect to the [[standard hydrogen electrode]],&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Mikheev|first1 = N. B.|last2 = Spitsyn|first2 = V. I.|last3 = Kamenskaya|first3 = A. N.|last4 = Konovalova|first4 = N. A.|last5 = Rumer|first5 = I. A.|last6 = Auerman|first6 = L. N.|last7 = Podorozhnyi|first7 = A. M.|date = 1977|title = Determination of oxidation potential of the pair Fm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2+&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/Fm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;3+&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;|journal = Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Lett.|volume = 13|issue = 12|pages = 651–656|doi = 10.1016/0020-1650(77)80074-3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; a value which agrees with theoretical calculations.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last = Nugent|first = L. J.|date = 1975|journal = MTP Int. Rev. Sci.: Inorg. Chem., Ser. One|volume = 7|pages = 195–219}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Fm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2+&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;/Fm&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; couple has an electrode potential of −2.37(10)&amp;amp;nbsp;V based on [[Polarography|polarographic]] measurements.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal|last1 = Samhoun|first1 = K.|last2 = David|first2 = F.|last3 = Hahn|first3 = R. L.|last4 = O&#039;Kelley|first4 = G. D.|last5 = Tarrant|first5 = J. R.|last6 = Hobart|first6 = D. E.|date = 1979|title = Electrochemical study of mendelevium in aqueous solution: No evidence for monovalent ions|journal = J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem.| volume = 41|issue = 12|pages = 1749–1754|doi = 10.1016/0022-1902(79)80117-7}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toxicity==&lt;br /&gt;
Although few people come in contact with fermium, the [[International Commission on Radiological Protection]] has set annual exposure limits for the two most stable isotopes. For fermium-253, the ingestion limit was set at 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;7&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; [[Becquerel]]s (1 Bq is equivalent to one decay per second), and the inhalation limit at 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Bq; for fermium-257, at 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;5&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Bq and 4000 Bq respectively.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last1=Koch|first1=Lothar|title=Transuranium Elements, in Ullmann&#039;s Encyclopedia of Industrial Chemistry|publisher=Wiley|date=2000|doi=10.1002/14356007.a27_167}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes and references==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Notes===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist|group=Note}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===References===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist|colwidth=30em}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further reading==&lt;br /&gt;
* Robert J. Silva: [http://radchem.nevada.edu/classes/rdch710/files/Fm%20to%20Lr.pdf Fermium, Mendelevium, Nobelium, and Lawrencium], in: Lester R. Morss, Norman M. Edelstein, Jean Fuger (Hrsg.): &#039;&#039;The Chemistry of the Actinide and Transactinide Elements&#039;&#039;, Springer, Dordrecht 2006; ISBN 1-4020-3555-1, p.&amp;amp;nbsp;1621–1651; {{DOI|10.1007/1-4020-3598-5_13}}.&lt;br /&gt;
* Seaborg, G.T. (ed.) (1978) &#039;&#039;[http://www.escholarship.org/uc/item/92g2p7cd.pdf Proceedings of the Symposium Commemorating the 25th Anniversary of Elements 99 and 100]&#039;&#039;, 23 January 1978, Report LBL-7701&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;[[Gmelins Handbuch der anorganischen Chemie]]&#039;&#039;, System Nr. 71, Transurane: Teil A 1 II, p.&amp;amp;nbsp;19–20; Teil A 2, p.&amp;amp;nbsp;47; Teil B 1, p.&amp;amp;nbsp;84.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Commons|Fermium}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Wiktionary|fermium}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.periodicvideos.com/videos/100.htm Fermium] at &#039;&#039;[[The Periodic Table of Videos]]&#039;&#039; (University of Nottingham)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Clear}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{compact periodic table}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Chemical elements named after scientists}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Chemical elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Actinides]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Synthetic elements]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Fermium]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Enrico Fermi]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32023</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32023"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T10:20:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Refimprove|date=January 2008}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Doppler effect diagrammatic.svg|thumb|250px|Change of wavelength caused by motion of the source]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dopplerfrequenz.gif|thumb|250px|An animation illustrating how the Doppler effect causes a car engine or siren to sound higher in pitch when it is approaching than when it is receding. The pink circles represent sound waves. ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Doppler hattyu.jpg|thumb|220px|Doppler effect of water flow around a swan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Doppler effect&#039;&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;&#039;Doppler shift&#039;&#039;&#039;) is the change in [[frequency]] of a [[wave]] (or other periodic event) for an [[observer (physics)|observer]] moving relative to its source. It is named after the [[Austria]]n physicist [[Christian Doppler]], who proposed it in 1842 in [[Prague]]. It is commonly heard when a vehicle sounding a [[siren (noisemaker)|siren]] or horn approaches, passes, and recedes from an observer. Compared to the emitted frequency, the received frequency is higher during the approach, identical at the instant of passing by, and lower during the recession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the source of the waves is moving toward the observer, each successive wave [[Crest (physics)|crest]] is emitted from a position closer to the observer than the previous wave. Therefore, each wave takes slightly less time to reach the observer than the previous wave. Hence, the time between the arrival of successive wave crests at the observer is reduced, causing an increase in the frequency. While they are travelling, the distance between successive wave fronts is reduced, so the waves &amp;quot;bunch together&amp;quot;.  Conversely, if the source of waves is moving away from the observer, each wave is emitted from a position farther from the observer than the previous wave, so the arrival time between successive waves is increased, reducing the frequency. The distance between successive wave fronts is then increased, so the waves &amp;quot;spread out&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For waves that propagate in a medium, such as [[sound]] waves, the velocity of the observer and of the source are relative to the medium in which the waves are transmitted. The total Doppler effect may therefore result from motion of the source, motion of the observer, or motion of the medium. Each of these effects is analyzed separately. For waves which do not require a medium, such as light or [[gravity]] in [[general relativity]], only the relative difference in velocity between the observer and the source needs to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development==&lt;br /&gt;
Doppler first proposed this effect in 1842 in his treatise &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;[[Über das farbige Licht der Doppelsterne und einiger anderer Gestirne des Himmels]]&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (On the coloured light of the [[binary stars]] and some other stars of the heavens).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AlecEden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Alec Eden &#039;&#039;The search for Christian Doppler&#039;&#039;,Springer-Verlag, Wien 1992. Contains a facsimile edition with an [[English language|English]] translation.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The hypothesis was tested for sound waves by [[C. H. D. Buys Ballot|Buys Ballot]] in 1845.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | last=Buys Ballot | title=Akustische Versuche auf der Niederländischen Eisenbahn, nebst gelegentlichen Bemerkungen zur Theorie des Hrn. Prof. Doppler (in German) | journal=Annalen der Physik und Chemie | date=1845 | volume=11 | pages=321–351 | doi=10.1002/andp.18451421102}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
He confirmed that the sound&#039;s [[Pitch (music)#Pitch and frequency|pitch]] was higher than the emitted frequency when the sound source approached him, and lower than the emitted frequency when the sound source receded from him. [[Hippolyte Fizeau]] discovered independently the same phenomenon on [[electromagnetic wave]]s in 1848 (in France, the effect is sometimes called &amp;quot;effet Doppler-Fizeau&amp;quot; but that name was not adopted by the rest of the world as Fizeau&#039;s discovery was six years after Doppler&#039;s proposal).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Fizeau: &amp;quot;Acoustique et optique&amp;quot;. &#039;&#039;Lecture, [[Philomatic Society|Société Philomathique]] de Paris&#039;&#039;, 29 December 1848. According to Becker(pg. 109), this was never published, but recounted by M. Moigno(1850): &amp;quot;Répertoire d&#039;optique moderne&amp;quot; (in French), vol 3. pp 1165-1203 and later in full by Fizeau, &amp;quot;Des effets du mouvement sur le ton des vibrations sonores et sur la longeur d&#039;onde des rayons de lumière&amp;quot;; [Paris, 1870]. &#039;&#039;Annales de Chimie et de Physique&#039;&#039;, 19, 211-221. &lt;br /&gt;
* Becker (2011). Barbara J. Becker, &#039;&#039;Unravelling Starlight: William and Margaret Huggins and the Rise of the New Astronomy&#039;&#039;, illustrated Edition, [[Cambridge University Press]], 2011; ISBN 110700229X, 9781107002296.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In Britain, [[John Scott Russell]] made an experimental study of the Doppler effect (1848).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | last=Scott Russell | first=John | url=http://www.ma.hw.ac.uk/~chris/doppler.html | title=On certain effects produced on sound by the rapid motion of the observer | journal=Report of the Eighteenth Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science | date=1848 | volume=18 | issue=7 | pages=37–38 | publisher=John Murray, London in 1849 | accessdate=2008-07-08 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In classical physics, where the speeds of source and the receiver relative to the medium are lower than the velocity of waves in the medium, the relationship between observed frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and emitted frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_\text{0}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is given by:&amp;lt;ref name=encphysci&amp;gt;{{cite book&lt;br /&gt;
|title=Encyclopedia of Physical Science&lt;br /&gt;
|first1=Joe&lt;br /&gt;
|last1=Rosen&lt;br /&gt;
|first2=Lisa Quinn&lt;br /&gt;
|last2=Gothard&lt;br /&gt;
|publisher=Infobase Publishing&lt;br /&gt;
|date=2009&lt;br /&gt;
|isbn=0-8160-7011-3&lt;br /&gt;
|page=155&lt;br /&gt;
|url=http://books.google.com/books?id=avyQ64LIJa0C}}, [http://books.google.com/books?id=avyQ64LIJa0C&amp;amp;pg=PA155 Extract of page 155]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c + v_\text{r}}{c + v_\text{s}} \right) f_0 \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:where&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c \;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of waves in the medium;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_\text{r} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of the receiver relative to the medium; positive if the receiver is moving towards the source (and negative in the other direction);&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_\text{s} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of the source relative to the medium; positive if the source is moving away from the receiver (and negative in the other direction).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequency is decreased if either is moving away from the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above formula assumes that the source is either directly approaching or receding from the observer. If the source approaches the observer at an angle (but still with a constant velocity), the observed frequency that is first heard is higher than the object&#039;s emitted frequency. Thereafter, there is a [[monotonic]] decrease in the observed frequency as it gets closer to the observer, through equality when it is coming from a direction perpendicular to the relative motion (and was emitted at the point of closest approach; but when the wave is received, the source and observer will no longer be at their closest), and a continued monotonic decrease as it recedes from the observer. When the observer is very close to the path of the object, the transition from high to low frequency is very abrupt. When the observer is far from the path of the object, the transition from high to low frequency is gradual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the speeds &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_\text{s} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_\text{r} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are small compared to the speed of the wave, the relationship between observed frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and emitted frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_\text{0}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is approximately&amp;lt;ref name=encphysci /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Observed frequency||Change in frequency&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=70%|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=\left(1+\frac{\Delta v}{c}\right)f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;|||&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta f=\frac{\Delta v}{c}f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:where&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta f = f - f_0 \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta v = v_\text{r} - v_\text{s} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of the receiver relative to the source: it is positive when the source and the receiver are moving towards each other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{hidden begin|title=Proof|toggle=left}}&lt;br /&gt;
Given &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c + v_\text{r}}{c + v_\text{s}} \right) f_0 \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
we divide for &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{1 + \frac{v_\text{r}} {c}} {1 + \frac{v_\text{s}} {c}} \right) f_0  = \left( 1 + \frac{v_\text{r}}{c} \right) \left( \frac{1}{1 + \frac{v_\text{s}} {c}} \right) f_0 \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{v_\text{s}}{c} \ll 1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; we can substitute the geometric expansion:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \frac{1} {1 + \frac{v_\text{s}}{c}} \approx 1 - \frac{v_\text{s}}{c}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{hidden end}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{gallery&lt;br /&gt;
|align=center&lt;br /&gt;
|width=200&lt;br /&gt;
|height=200&lt;br /&gt;
|lines=5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|File:Dopplereffectstationary.gif|alt1=|Stationary sound source produces sound waves at a constant frequency {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;}}, and the wave-fronts propagate symmetrically away from the source at a constant speed c. The distance between wave-fronts is the wavelength. All observers will hear the same frequency, which will be equal to the actual frequency of the source where {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} }}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|File:Dopplereffectsourcemovingrightatmach0.7.gif|alt2=|The same sound source is radiating sound waves at a constant frequency in the same medium. However, now the sound source is moving with a speed {{math|&#039;&#039;υ&#039;&#039;{{sub|s}} {{=}} 0.7 &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} (Mach 0.7). Since the source is moving, the centre of each new wavefront is now slightly displaced to the right. As a result, the wave-fronts begin to bunch up on the right side (in front of) and spread further apart on the left side (behind) of the source. An observer in front of the source will hear a higher frequency &lt;br /&gt;
{{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} {{sfrac|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; + 0|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; - 0.7&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} {{=}} 3.33 &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} }}&lt;br /&gt;
and an observer behind the source will hear a lower frequency&lt;br /&gt;
{{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} {{sfrac|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; - 0|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; + 0.7&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} {{=}} 0.59 &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} }}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|File:Dopplereffectsourcemovingrightatmach1.0.gif|alt3=|Now the source is moving at the speed of sound in the medium ({{math|&#039;&#039;υ&#039;&#039;{{sub|s}} {{=}} &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}}, or Mach 1). The wave fronts in front of the source are now all bunched up at the same point. As a result, an observer in front of the source will detect nothing until the source arrives where&lt;br /&gt;
{{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} {{sfrac|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; + 0|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; - &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} {{=}} &amp;amp;infin; }}&lt;br /&gt;
and an observer behind the source will hear a lower frequency&lt;br /&gt;
{{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} {{sfrac|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; - 0|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} {{=}} 0.5 &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} }}.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|File:Dopplereffectsourcemovingrightatmach1.4.gif|alt4=|The sound source has now broken through the sound speed barrier, and is traveling at 1.4 &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; (Mach 1.4). Since the source is moving faster than the sound waves it creates, it actually leads the advancing wavefront. The sound source will pass by a stationary observer before the observer hears the sound. As a result, an observer in front of the source will detect&lt;br /&gt;
{{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} {{sfrac|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; + 0|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; - 1.4&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} {{=}} -2.5 &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} }}&lt;br /&gt;
and an observer behind the source will hear a lower frequency&lt;br /&gt;
{{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} {{sfrac|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; - 0|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; + 1.4&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} {{=}} 0.42 &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}} }}.&lt;br /&gt;
}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis==&lt;br /&gt;
The frequency of the sounds that the source &#039;&#039;emits&#039;&#039; does not actually change. To understand what happens, consider the following analogy. Someone throws one ball every second in a man&#039;s direction. Assume that balls travel with constant velocity. If the thrower is stationary, the man will receive one ball every second. However, if the thrower is moving towards the man, he will receive balls more frequently because the balls will be less spaced out. The inverse is true if the thrower is moving away from the man. So it is actually the &#039;&#039;wavelength&#039;&#039; which is affected; as a consequence, the received frequency is also affected. It may also be said that the velocity of the wave remains constant whereas wavelength changes; hence frequency also changes. Note that in the ball analogy, the speed of the balls is dependent on the speeds of the thrower and receiver which is not the case of the wavefront velocity which remains constant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With an observer stationary relative to the medium, if a moving source is emitting waves with an actual frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_\text{0}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (in this case, the wavelength is changed, the transmission velocity of the wave keeps constant &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\text{--}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; note that the &#039;&#039;transmission velocity&#039;&#039; of the wave does not depend on the &#039;&#039;velocity of the source&#039;&#039;), then the observer detects waves with a frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left ( \frac {c}{c + v_\text{s}} \right ) f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A similar analysis for a moving &#039;&#039;observer&#039;&#039; and a stationary source (in this case, the wavelength keeps constant, but due to the motion, the rate at which the observer receives waves &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\text{--}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and hence the &#039;&#039;transmission velocity&#039;&#039; of the wave [with respect to the observer] &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\text{--}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is changed) yields the observed frequency:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left ( \frac {c + v_\text{r}}{c} \right ) f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These can be generalized into the equation that was presented in the previous section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left ( \frac {c+v_\text{r}}{c + v_\text{s}} \right ) f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An interesting effect was predicted by Lord Rayleigh in his classic book on sound: if the source is moving at twice the speed of sound, a musical piece emitted by that source would be heard in correct time and tune, but &#039;&#039;backwards&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book|last=Strutt (Lord Rayleigh)|first=John William|title=The Theory of Sound|editor=MacMillan &amp;amp; Co|date=1896|edition=2|volume=2|pages=154|url=http://archive.org/stream/theorysound02raylgoog#page/n176/mode/2up}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sirens===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[siren (noisemaker)|siren]] on a passing [[emergency vehicle]] will start out higher than its stationary pitch, slide down as it passes, and continue lower than its stationary pitch as it recedes from the observer. Astronomer [[John Dobson (astronomer)|John Dobson]] explained the effect thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;The reason the siren slides is because it doesn&#039;t hit you.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, if the siren approached the observer directly, the pitch would remain constant until the vehicle hit him, and then immediately jump to a new lower pitch. Because the vehicle passes by the observer, the radial velocity does not remain constant, but instead varies as a function of the angle between his line of sight and the siren&#039;s velocity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_\text{radial}=v_\text{s}\cdot \cos{\theta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the angle between the object&#039;s forward velocity and the line of sight from the object to the observer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Astronomy===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Redshift.svg|thumb|200px|[[Redshift]] of [[spectral line]]s in the [[optical spectrum]] of a supercluster of distant galaxies (right), as compared to that of the Sun (left)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Doppler effect for [[electromagnetic waves]] such as light is of great use in [[astronomy]] and results in either a so-called [[redshift]] or [[blueshift]]. It has been used to measure the speed at which [[star]]s and [[galaxy|galaxies]] are approaching or receding from us, that is, the [[radial velocity]]. This is used to detect if an apparently single star is, in reality, a close [[Binary star|binary]] and even to measure the rotational speed of stars and galaxies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the Doppler effect for light in [[astronomy]] depends on our knowledge that the [[electromagnetic spectroscopy|spectra]] of stars are not homogeneous. They exhibit [[spectral line|absorption lines]] at well defined frequencies that are correlated with the energies required to excite [[electron]]s in various [[Chemical element|elements]] from one level to another. The Doppler effect is recognizable in the fact that the absorption lines are not always at the frequencies that are obtained from the spectrum of a stationary light source. Since blue light has a higher frequency than red light, the spectral lines of an approaching astronomical light source exhibit a blueshift and those of a receding astronomical light source exhibit a redshift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the [[List of nearest stars|nearby stars]], the largest radial velocities with respect to the [[Sun]] are +308&amp;amp;nbsp;km/s ([[BD-15°4041]], also known as LHS 52, 81.7 light-years away) and -260&amp;amp;nbsp;km/s ([[Woolley 9722]], also known as Wolf 1106 and LHS 64, 78.2 light-years away). Positive radial velocity means the star is receding from the Sun, negative that it is approaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Radar===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Doppler radar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Doppler effect is used in some types of [[radar]], to measure the velocity of detected objects. A radar beam is fired at a moving target — e.g. a motor car, as police use radar to detect speeding motorists — as it approaches or recedes from the radar source. Each successive radar wave has to travel farther to reach the car, before being reflected and re-detected near the source. As each wave has to move farther, the gap between each wave increases, increasing the wavelength. In some situations, the radar beam is fired at the moving car as it approaches, in which case each successive wave travels a lesser distance, decreasing the wavelength. In either situation, calculations from the Doppler effect accurately determine the car&#039;s velocity taking into account wind speed and direction relative to the car. Moreover, the [[proximity fuze]], developed during World War II, relies upon Doppler radar to detonate explosives at the correct time, height, distance, etc.{{Citation needed|date=December 2009}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Medical imaging and blood flow measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CarotidDoppler1.jpg|thumb||200px|Colour flow ultrasonography (Doppler) of a [[carotid artery]] - scanner and screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An [[echocardiogram]] can, within certain limits, produce an accurate assessment of the direction of blood flow and the velocity of blood and cardiac tissue at any arbitrary point using the Doppler effect. One of the limitations is that the [[ultrasound]] beam should be as parallel to the blood flow as possible. Velocity measurements allow assessment of cardiac valve areas and function, any abnormal communications between the left and right side of the heart, any leaking of blood through the valves (valvular regurgitation), and calculation of the [[cardiac output]]. [[Contrast-enhanced ultrasound]] using gas-filled microbubble contrast media can be used to improve velocity or other flow-related medical measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although &amp;quot;Doppler&amp;quot; has become synonymous with &amp;quot;velocity measurement&amp;quot; in medical imaging, in many cases it is not the frequency shift (Doppler shift) of the received signal that is measured, but the phase shift (&#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; the received signal arrives).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Velocity measurements of blood flow are also used in other fields of [[medical ultrasonography]], such as [[obstetric ultrasonography]] and [[neurology]]. Velocity measurement of blood flow in arteries and veins based on Doppler effect is an effective tool for diagnosis of vascular problems like stenosis.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=D. H. |last=Evans |first2=W. N. |last2=McDicken |title=Doppler Ultrasound |edition=Second |publisher=John Wiley and Sons |location=New York |date=2000 |isbn=0-471-97001-8 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flow measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
Instruments such as the [[laser Doppler velocimetry|laser Doppler velocimeter]] (LDV), and [[acoustic Doppler velocimetry|acoustic Doppler velocimeter]] (ADV) have been developed to measure [[velocity|velocities]] in a fluid flow. The LDV emits a light beam and the ADV emits an ultrasonic acoustic burst, and measure the Doppler shift in wavelengths of reflections from particles moving with the flow. The actual flow is computed as a function of the water velocity and phase. This technique allows non-intrusive flow measurements, at high precision and high frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Velocity profile measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
Developed originally for velocity measurements in medical applications (blood flow), Ultrasonic Doppler Velocimetry (UDV) can measure in real time complete velocity profile in almost any liquids containing particles in suspension such as dust, gas bubbles, emulsions. Flows can be pulsating, oscillating, laminar or turbulent, stationary or transient. This technique is fully non-invasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Satellite communication===&lt;br /&gt;
Fast moving satellites can have a Doppler shift of dozens of kilohertz relative to a ground station. The speed, thus magnitude of Doppler effect, changes due to earth curvature. Dynamic Doppler compensation, where the frequency of a signal is changed multiple times during transmission, is used so the satellite receives a constant frequency signal.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Qingchong |first=Liu |title=Doppler measurement and compensation in mobile satellite communications systems |journal=Military Communications Conference Proceedings / MILCOM |volume=1 |date=1999 |pages=316–320 |url=http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?arnumber=822695 |doi=10.1109/milcom.1999.822695}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio===&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Leslie speaker]], associated with and predominantly used with the [[Hammond organ|Hammond B-3 organ]], takes advantage of the Doppler Effect by using an electric motor to rotate an acoustic horn around a loudspeaker, sending its sound in a circle. This results at the listener&#039;s ear in rapidly fluctuating frequencies of a keyboard note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vibration measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[laser Doppler vibrometer]] (LDV) is a non-contact method for measuring vibration. The laser beam from the LDV is directed at the surface of interest, and the vibration amplitude and frequency are extracted from the Doppler shift of the laser beam frequency due to the motion of the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Listen|filename=Speeding-car-horn_doppler_effect_sample.ogg|title=Passing car horn|format=[[Ogg]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Inverse Doppler effect==&lt;br /&gt;
Since 1968 Scientists such as [[Victor Veselago]] have speculated about the possibility of an Inverse Doppler effect. An experiment that claimed to have detected this effect was conducted by Nigel Seddon and Trevor Bearpark in [[Bristol]], [[United Kingdom]] in 2003.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|&lt;br /&gt;
title=The Inverse Doppler effect: Researchers add to the bylaws of physics|&lt;br /&gt;
publisher=physorg.com|&lt;br /&gt;
date=May 23, 2005|&lt;br /&gt;
accessdate=2008-03-08|&lt;br /&gt;
url=http://www.physorg.com/news4224.html}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Researchers from [[Swinburne University of Technology]] and the [[University of Shanghai for Science and Technology]] showed that this effect can be observed in optical frequencies as well. This was made possible by growing a [[photonic crystal]] and projecting a laser beam into the crystal. This made the crystal act like a [[superprism|super prism]] and the Inverse Doppler Effect could be observed.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|&lt;br /&gt;
title=Scientists reverse Doppler Effect|&lt;br /&gt;
publisher=physorg.com|&lt;br /&gt;
date=March 7, 2011|&lt;br /&gt;
accessdate=2011-03-18|&lt;br /&gt;
url=http://www.physorg.com/news/2011-03-scientists-reverse-doppler-effect.html}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Relativistic Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dopplergraph]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fizeau experiment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fading]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Photoacoustic Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Differential Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Rayleigh fading]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further reading==&lt;br /&gt;
* Doppler, C. J. (1842). &#039;&#039;[[Über das farbige Licht der Doppelsterne und einiger anderer Gestirne des Himmels|Über das farbige Licht der Doppelsterne und einiger anderer Gestirne des Himmels (About the coloured light of the binary stars and some other stars of the heavens)]]&#039;&#039;. Publisher: Abhandlungen der Königl. Böhm. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften (V. Folge, Bd. 2, S. 465-482) [Proceedings of the Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences (Part V, Vol 2)]; Prague: 1842 (Reissued 1903). Some sources mention 1843 as year of publication because in that year the article was published in the Proceedings of the Bohemian Society of Sciences. Doppler himself referred to the publication as &amp;quot;Prag 1842 bei Borrosch und André&amp;quot;, because in 1842 he had a preliminary edition printed that he distributed independently.&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Doppler and the Doppler effect&amp;quot;, E. N. da C. Andrade, &#039;&#039;Endeavour&#039;&#039; Vol. XVIII No. 69, January 1959 (published by ICI London). Historical account of Doppler&#039;s original paper and subsequent developments.&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite web | url = http://archive.ncsa.uiuc.edu/Cyberia/Bima/doppler.html | title = Doppler Effect | first = Eleni | last = Adrian | publisher = [[National Center for Supercomputing Applications|NCSA]] | date = 24 June 1995 | accessdate = 2008-07-13 }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Commons}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://scienceworld.wolfram.com/physics/DopplerEffect.html Doppler Effect], [ScienceWorld]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.falstad.com/ripple/ex-doppler.html Java simulation of Doppler effect]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mathpages.com/rr/s2-04/2-04.htm Doppler Shift for Sound and Light] at MathPages&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://scratch.mit.edu/projects/12532039/ Flash simulation and game of Doppler effect of sound] at [[Scratch (programming language)]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.kettering.edu/~drussell/Demos/doppler/doppler.html The Doppler Effect and Sonic Booms (D.A. Russell, Kettering University)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://beta.vtap.com/video/Doppler+Effect/CL0113709540_1d645df0e Video Mashup with Doppler Effect videos]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://math.ucr.edu/~jdp/Relativity/WaveDancer.html Wave Propagation] &#039;&#039;from John de Pillis.&#039;&#039; An animation showing that the speed of a moving wave source does not affect the speed of the wave.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://math.ucr.edu/~jdp/Relativity/EM_Propagation.html EM Wave Animation] &#039;&#039;from John de Pillis.&#039;&#039; How an electromagnetic wave propagates through a vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://astro.unl.edu/classaction/animations/light/dopplershift.html Doppler Shift Demo] - Interactive flash simulation for demonstrating Doppler shift.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.colorado.edu/physics/2000/applets_New.html Interactive applets] at Physics 2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Doppler Effect}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Doppler effects]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Radio frequency propagation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wave mechanics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Radar signal processing]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32021</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=32021"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T10:20:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Refimprove|date=January 2008}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doppler effect diagrammatic.png|thumb|400px|Change of wavelength caused by motion of the source]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Dopplerfrequenz.gif|thumb|400px|An animation illustrating how the Doppler effect causes a car engine or siren to sound higher in pitch when it is approaching than when it is receding.  The pink circles are sound waves.  When the car is moving to the left, each successive wave is emitted from a position further to the left than the previous wave.  So for an observer in front &#039;&#039;(left)&#039;&#039; of the car, each wave takes slightly less time to reach him than the previous wave.  The waves &amp;quot;bunch together&amp;quot;, so the time between arrival of successive [[wavefront]]s is reduced, giving them a higher frequency.  For an observer in back &#039;&#039;(right)&#039;&#039; of the car, each wave takes a slightly longer time to reach him than the previous wave.  The waves &amp;quot;stretch apart&amp;quot;, so the time between the arrival of successive wave-fronts is increased slightly, giving them a lower frequency.]]  &lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doppler hattyu.jpg|thumb|220px|Doppler effect of water flow around a swan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &#039;&#039;&#039;Doppler effect&#039;&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;&#039;Doppler shift&#039;&#039;&#039;), named after the [[Austria]]n physicist [[Christian Doppler]], who proposed it in 1842 in [[Prague]], is the change in [[frequency]] of a [[wave]] (or other periodic event) for an [[observer (physics)|observer]] moving relative to its source. It is commonly heard when a vehicle sounding a [[siren (noisemaker)|siren]] or horn approaches, passes, and recedes from an observer. The received frequency is higher (compared to the emitted frequency) during the approach, it is identical at the instant of passing by, and it is lower during the recession.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The relative changes in frequency can be explained as follows. When the source of the waves is moving toward the observer, each successive wave crest is emitted from a position closer to the observer than the previous wave. Therefore each wave takes slightly less time to reach the observer than the previous wave.  Therefore the time between the arrival of successive wave crests at the observer is reduced, causing an increase in the frequency.  While they are travelling, the distance between successive wave fronts is reduced; so the waves &amp;quot;bunch together&amp;quot;.   Conversely, if the source of waves is moving away from the observer, each wave is emitted from a position farther from the observer than the previous wave, so the arrival time between successive waves is increased, reducing the frequency.  The distance between successive wave fronts is increased, so the waves &amp;quot;spread out&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For waves that propagate in a medium, such as [[sound]] waves, the velocity of the observer and of the source are relative to the medium in which the waves are transmitted. The total Doppler effect may therefore result from motion of the source, motion of the observer, or motion of the medium. Each of these effects are analyzed separately. For waves which do not require a medium, such as light or [[gravity]] in [[general relativity]], only the relative difference in velocity between the observer and the source needs to be considered.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Development==&lt;br /&gt;
Doppler first proposed the effect in 1842 in his treatise &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;[[Über das farbige Licht der Doppelsterne und einiger anderer Gestirne des Himmels]]&#039;&#039;&amp;quot; (On the coloured light of the [[binary stars]] and some other stars of the heavens).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;AlecEden&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Alec  Eden &#039;&#039;The search for Christian Doppler&#039;&#039;,Springer-Verlag, Wien 1992. Contains a facsimile edition with an [[English language|English]] translation.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The hypothesis was tested for sound waves by [[C. H. D. Buys Ballot|Buys Ballot]] in 1845. He confirmed that the sound&#039;s [[Pitch (music)#Pitch and frequency|pitch]] was higher than the emitted frequency when the sound source approached him, and lower than the emitted frequency when the sound source receded from him. [[Hippolyte Fizeau]] discovered independently the same phenomenon on [[electromagnetic wave]]s in 1848 (in France, the effect is sometimes called &amp;quot;l&#039;effet Doppler-Fizeau&amp;quot; but that name was not adopted by the rest of the world as Fizeau&#039;s discovery was three years after Doppler&#039;s). In Britain, [[John Scott Russell]] made an experimental study of the Doppler effect (1848).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
 | last=Scott Russell | first=John&lt;br /&gt;
 | url=http://www.ma.hw.ac.uk/~chris/doppler.html&lt;br /&gt;
 | title=On certain effects produced on sound by the rapid motion of the observer&lt;br /&gt;
 | journal=Report of the Eighteen Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science&lt;br /&gt;
 | year=1848 | volume=18 | issue=7 | pages=37–38&lt;br /&gt;
 | publisher=John Murray, London in 1849&lt;br /&gt;
 | accessdate=2008-07-08 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==General==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dopplereffectstationary.gif|thumb|Stationary sound source produces sound waves at a constant frequency {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;}}, and the wave-fronts propagate symmetrically away from the source at a constant speed c (assuming speed of sound, {{math|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} = 330 m/s), which is the speed of sound in the medium. The distance between wave-fronts is the wavelength. All observers will hear the same frequency, which will be equal to the actual frequency of the source where {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; {{=}} &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;{{sub|0}}}}]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dopplereffectsourcemovingrightatmach0.7.gif|thumb|The same sound source is radiating sound waves at a constant frequency in the same medium. However, now the sound source is moving to the right with a speed {{math|&#039;&#039;υ&#039;&#039;{{sub|&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;}} {{=}} 0.7 &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} (Mach 0.7). The wave-fronts are produced with the same frequency as before. However, since the source is moving, the centre of each new wavefront is now slightly displaced to the right. As a result, the wave-fronts begin to bunch up on the right side (in front of) and spread further apart on the left side (behind) of the source. An observer in front of the source will hear a higher frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c + v_r}{c - v_{s}} \right) f_0 = 3.33f_0\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, and an observer behind the source will hear a lower frequency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c - v_r}{c + v_{s}} \right) f_0 = 0.59f_0\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dopplereffectsourcemovingrightatmach1.0.gif|thumb|Now the source is moving at the speed of sound in the medium ({{math|&#039;&#039;υ&#039;&#039;{{sub|&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;}} {{=}} &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}}, or Mach 1). assuming the speed of sound in air at sea level is about 330 m/s . The wave fronts in front of the source are now all bunched up at the same point. As a result, an observer in front of the source will detect nothing until the source arrives where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c + v_r}{c - v_{s}} \right) f_0 = \infty Hz\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. An observer behind of the source &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c - v_r}{c + v_{s}} \right) f_0 = 0.5f_0\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Dopplereffectsourcemovingrightatmach1.4.gif|thumb|The sound source has now broken through the sound speed barrier, and is traveling at 1.4 times the speed of sound, c (Mach 1.4). Since the source is moving faster than the sound waves it creates, it actually leads the advancing wavefront. The sound source will pass by a stationary observer before the observer actually hears the sound it creates. As a result, an observer in front of the source will detect &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c + v_r}{c - v_{s}} \right) f_0 = -2.5f_0\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and an observer behind the source &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c - v_r}{c + v_{s}} \right) f_0 = 0.42f_0\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In classical physics, where the speeds of source and the receiver relative to the medium are lower than the velocity of waves in the medium, the relationship between observed frequency {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;}} and emitted frequency {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;}} is given by:&amp;lt;ref name=encphysci&amp;gt;{{cite book&lt;br /&gt;
|title=Encyclopedia of Physical Science&lt;br /&gt;
|first1=Joe&lt;br /&gt;
|last1=Rosen&lt;br /&gt;
|first2=Lisa Quinn&lt;br /&gt;
|last2=Gothard &lt;br /&gt;
|publisher=Infobase Publishing&lt;br /&gt;
|year=2009&lt;br /&gt;
|isbn=0-8160-7011-3&lt;br /&gt;
|page=155&lt;br /&gt;
|url=http://books.google.com/books?id=avyQ64LIJa0C}}, [http://books.google.com/books?id=avyQ64LIJa0C&amp;amp;pg=PA155 Extract of page 155] Note that the sign of the relative speed in the source ({{math|&#039;&#039;u&#039;&#039;}}) is opposite from the sign in the article ({{math|&#039;&#039;υ&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;s&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;}})&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left( \frac{c + v_r}{c + v_{s}} \right) f_0 \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:where&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c \;&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of waves in the medium;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_{r} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of the receiver relative to the medium; positive if the receiver is moving towards the source;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_{s} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of the source relative to the medium; positive if the source is moving away from the receiver.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequency is decreased if either is moving away from the other.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above formula works for sound waves if and only if the speeds of the source and receiver relative to the medium are slower than the speed of sound. See also [[Sonic boom]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above formula assumes that the source is either directly approaching or receding from the observer. If the source approaches the observer at an angle (but still with a constant velocity), the observed frequency that is first heard is higher than the object&#039;s emitted frequency. Thereafter, there is a [[monotonic]] decrease in the observed frequency as it gets closer to the observer, through equality when it is closest to the observer, and a continued monotonic decrease as it recedes from the observer. When the observer is very close to the path of the object, the transition from high to low frequency is very abrupt. When the observer is far from the path of the object, the transition from high to low frequency is gradual.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the limit where the speed of the wave is much greater than the relative speed of the source and observer (this is often the case with electromagnetic waves, e.g. light), the relationship between observed frequency {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;}} and emitted frequency {{math|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;}} is given by:&amp;lt;ref name=encphysci /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
!Observed frequency||Change in frequency&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|width=70%|&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f=\left(1-\frac{v_{s,r}}{c}\right)f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;|||&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta f=-\frac{v_{s,r}}{c}f_0=-\frac{v_{s,r}}{\lambda_{0}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:where&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta f = f - f_0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_{s,r} = v_s - v_r \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the velocity of the source relative to the receiver: it is positive when the source and the receiver are moving farther apart.&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;c \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the speed of wave (e.g. 3×10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;8&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;m/s for electromagnetic waves travelling in a vacuum)&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lambda_{0} \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the wavelength of the transmitted wave in the reference frame of the source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These two equations are only accurate to a first order approximation. However, they work reasonably well when the speed between the source and receiver is slow relative to the speed of the waves involved and the distance between the source and receiver is large relative to the wavelength of the waves. If either of these two approximations are violated, the formulae are no longer accurate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The frequency of the sounds that the source &#039;&#039;emits&#039;&#039; does not actually change. To understand what happens, consider the following analogy. Someone throws one ball every second in a man&#039;s direction. Assume that balls travel with constant velocity. If the thrower is stationary, the man will receive one ball every second. However, if the thrower is moving towards the man, he will receive balls more frequently because the balls will be less spaced out. The inverse is true if the thrower is moving away from the man. So it is actually the &#039;&#039;wavelength&#039;&#039; which is affected; as a consequence, the received frequency is also affected. It may also be said that the velocity of the wave remains constant whereas wavelength changes; hence frequency also changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the source moving away from the observer is emitting waves through a medium with an actual frequency &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, then an observer stationary relative to the medium detects waves with a frequency &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left ( \frac {c}{c + v_{s}} \right ) f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;s&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is positive if the source is moving away from the observer, and negative if the source is moving towards the observer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A similar analysis for a moving &#039;&#039;observer&#039;&#039; and a stationary source yields the observed frequency (the receiver&#039;s velocity being represented as &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left ( \frac {c + v_{r}}{c} \right ) f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where the similar convention applies: &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is positive if the observer is moving towards the source, and negative if the observer is moving away from the source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These can be generalized into a single equation with both the source and receiver moving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \left ( \frac {c+v_{r}}{c + v_{s}} \right ) f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;center&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or, alternatively:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f \left (1 + \frac {v_{s,r}}{c + v_r} \right ) =  f_0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_{s,r}=v_s-v_r \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However the limitations mentioned above still apply. When the more complicated exact equation is derived without using any approximations (just assuming that source, receiver, and wave or signal are moving linearly relatively to each other) several interesting and perhaps surprising results are found. For example, as Lord Rayleigh noted in his classic book on sound, by properly moving it would be possible to hear a symphony being played backwards. This is the so-called &amp;quot;time reversal effect&amp;quot; of the Doppler effect. Other interesting conclusions are that the Doppler effect is time-dependent in general (thus we need to know not only the source and receivers&#039; velocities, but also their positions at a given time), and in some circumstances it is possible to receive two signals or waves from a source, or no signal at all. In addition there are more possibilities than just the receiver approaching the signal and the receiver receding from the signal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
All these additional complications are derived for the classical, i.e., non-relativistic, Doppler effect, but hold for the [[relativistic Doppler effect]] as well.{{Citation needed|date=August 2009}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==A common misconception==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Craig Bohren]] pointed out in 1991 that some physics textbooks erroneously state that the observed frequency &#039;&#039;increases&#039;&#039; as the object approaches an observer and then decreases only as the object passes the observer.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |last=Bohren |first=C. F. |year=1991 |title=What light through yonder window breaks? More experiments in atmospheric physics |location=New York |publisher=J. Wiley |isbn=0-471-52915-X }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; This is only strictly true when the motion of the object passes directly through the position of the observer. In most cases, when the motion of the object passes near (but not directly through) the position of the observer, the observed [[frequency]] of an approaching object declines [[Monotonic function|monotonically]] from a value above the emitted frequency, through a value equal to the emitted frequency when the object is closest to the observer, and to values increasingly below the emitted frequency as the object recedes from the observer. Bohren proposed that this common misconception might occur because the &#039;&#039;intensity&#039;&#039; of the sound increases as an object approaches an observer and decreases once it passes and recedes from the observer and that this change in intensity is misperceived as a change in frequency. Higher [[sound]] pressure levels make for a small decrease in [[Pitch (music)#Perception of pitch|perceived pitch]] in low frequency sounds, and for a small increase in perceived pitch for high frequency sounds.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |title=Music, Physics and Engineering |last=Olson |first=Harry F. |authorlink=Harry F. Olson |year= 1967|publisher=Dover Publications |isbn=0-486-21769-8 |pages=248–251 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Application==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Doppler-effect-two-police-cars-diagram.png|thumb|350px|A stationary microphone records moving police sirens at different pitches depending on their relative direction.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Sirens===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[siren (noisemaker)|siren]] on a passing [[emergency vehicle]] will start out higher than its stationary pitch, slide down as it passes, and continue lower than its stationary pitch as it recedes from the observer. Astronomer [[John Dobson (astronomer)|John Dobson]] explained the effect thus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;quot;The reason the siren slides is because it doesn&#039;t hit you.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, if the siren approached the observer directly, the pitch would remain constant (as &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;s, r&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is only the radial component) until the vehicle hit him, and then immediately jump to a new lower pitch. Because the vehicle passes by the observer, the radial velocity does not remain constant, but instead varies as a function of the angle between his line of sight and the siren&#039;s velocity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;v_{r}=v_s\cdot \cos{\theta}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;v&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;s&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the velocity of the object (source of waves) with respect to the medium, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\theta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the angle between the object&#039;s forward velocity and the line of sight from the object to the observer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Astronomy===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Redshift.png|thumb|200px|[[Redshift]] of [[spectral line]]s in the [[optical spectrum]] of a supercluster of distant galaxies (right), as compared to that of the Sun (left)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Doppler effect for [[electromagnetic waves]] such as light is of great use in [[astronomy]] and results in either a so-called [[red shift]] or [[blue shift]]. It has been used to measure the speed at which [[star]]s and [[galaxy|galaxies]] are approaching or receding from us, that is, the [[radial velocity]]. This is used to detect if an apparently single star is, in reality, a close [[Binary star|binary]] and even to measure the rotational speed of stars and galaxies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The use of the Doppler effect for light in [[astronomy]] depends on our knowledge that the [[electromagnetic spectroscopy|spectra]] of stars are not continuous. They exhibit [[spectral line|absorption lines]] at well defined frequencies that are correlated with the energies required to excite [[electron]]s in various [[Chemical element|elements]] from one level to another. The Doppler effect is recognizable in the fact that the absorption lines are not always at the frequencies that are obtained from the spectrum of a stationary light source. Since blue light has a higher frequency than red light, the spectral lines of an approaching astronomical light source exhibit a blue shift and those of a receding astronomical light source exhibit a redshift.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Among the [[List of nearest stars|nearby stars]], the largest radial velocities with respect to the [[Sun]] are +308&amp;amp;nbsp;km/s ([[BD-15°4041]], also known as LHS 52, 81.7 light-years away) and -260&amp;amp;nbsp;km/s ([[Woolley 9722]], also known as Wolf 1106 and LHS 64, 78.2 light-years away). Positive radial velocity means the star is receding from the Sun, negative that it is approaching.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Temperature measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another use of the Doppler effect, which is found mostly in plasma physics and astronomy, is the estimation of the temperature of a gas (or ion temperature in a plasma) which is emitting a [[spectral line]]. Due to the thermal motion of the emitters, the light emitted by each particle can be slightly red- or blue-shifted, and the net effect is a broadening of the line. This line shape is called a [[Doppler broadening|Doppler profile]] and the width of the line is proportional to the square root of the temperature of the emitting species, allowing a spectral line (with the width dominated by the Doppler broadening) to be used to infer the temperature.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Radar===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Doppler radar}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Doppler effect is used in some types of [[radar]], to measure the velocity of detected objects. A radar beam is fired at a moving target — e.g. a motor car, as police use radar to detect speeding motorists — as it approaches or recedes from the radar source. Each successive radar wave has to travel farther to reach the car, before being reflected and re-detected near the source. As each wave has to move farther, the gap between each wave increases, increasing the wavelength. In some situations, the radar beam is fired at the moving car as it approaches, in which case each successive wave travels a lesser distance, decreasing the wavelength. In either situation, calculations from the Doppler effect accurately determine the car&#039;s velocity. Moreover, the [[proximity fuze]], developed during World War II, relies upon Doppler radar to explode at the correct time, height, distance, etc.{{Citation needed|date=December 2009}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Medical imaging and blood flow measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CarotidDoppler1.jpg|thumb||200px|Colour flow ultrasonography (Doppler) of a [[carotid artery]] - scanner and screen]]&lt;br /&gt;
An [[echocardiogram]] can, within certain limits, produce accurate assessment of the direction of blood flow and the velocity of blood and cardiac tissue at any arbitrary point using the Doppler effect. One of the limitations is that the [[ultrasound]] beam should be as parallel to the blood flow as possible. Velocity measurements allow assessment of cardiac valve areas and function, any abnormal communications between the left and right side of the heart, any leaking of blood through the valves (valvular regurgitation), and calculation of the [[cardiac output]]. [[Contrast-enhanced ultrasound]] using gas-filled microbubble contrast media can be used to improve velocity or other flow-related medical measurements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although &amp;quot;Doppler&amp;quot; has become synonymous with &amp;quot;velocity measurement&amp;quot; in medical imaging, in many cases it is not the frequency shift (Doppler shift) of the received signal that is measured, but the phase shift (&#039;&#039;when&#039;&#039; the received signal arrives).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Velocity measurements of blood flow are also used in other fields of [[medical ultrasonography]], such as [[obstetric ultrasonography]] and [[neurology]]. Velocity measurement of blood flow in arteries and veins based on Doppler effect is an effective tool for diagnosis of vascular problems like stenosis.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite book |first=D. H. |last=Evans |first2=W. N. |last2=McDicken |title=Doppler Ultrasound |edition=Second |publisher=John Wiley and Sons |location=New York |year=2000 |isbn=0-471-97001-8 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Flow measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Instruments such as the [[laser Doppler velocimetry|laser Doppler velocimeter]] (LDV), and [[acoustic Doppler velocimetry|acoustic Doppler velocimeter]]  (ADV) have been developed to measure [[velocity|velocities]] in a fluid flows. The LDV emits a light beam and the ADV emits an ultrasonic acoustic burst, and measure the Doppler shift in wavelengths of reflections from particles moving with the flow. The actual flow is computed as a function of the water velocity and phase. This technique allows non-intrusive flow measurements, at high precision and high frequency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Velocity profile measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Developed originally for velocity measurements in medical applications (blood flow), Ultrasonic Doppler Velocimetry (UDV) can measure in real time complete velocity profile in almost any liquids containing particles in suspension such as dust, gas bubbles, emulsions. Flows can be pulsating, oscillating, laminar or turbulent, stationary or transient. This technique is fully non-invasive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Satellite communication===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fast moving satellites can have a Doppler shift of dozens of kilohertz relative to a ground station. The speed, thus magnitude of Doppler effect, changes due to earth curvature. Dynamic Doppler compensation, where the frequency of a signal is changed multiple times during transmission, is used so the satellite receives a constant frequency signal.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation |last=Qingchong |first=Liu |title=Doppler measurement and compensation in mobile satellite communications systems |journal=Military Communications Conference Proceedings / MILCOM |volume=1 |year=1999 |pages=316–320 |url=http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?arnumber=822695 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Underwater acoustics===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In military applications the Doppler shift of a target is used to ascertain the speed of a [[submarine]] using both passive and active [[sonar]] systems. As a submarine passes by a passive [[sonobuoy]], the stable frequencies undergo a Doppler shift, and the speed and range from the sonobuoy can be calculated. If the sonar system is mounted on a moving ship or another submarine, then the relative [[velocity]] can be calculated.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Audio===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Leslie speaker]], associated with and predominantly used with the [[Hammond organ|Hammond B-3 organ]], takes advantage of the Doppler Effect by using an electric motor to rotate an acoustic horn around a loudspeaker, sending its sound in a circle. This results at the listener&#039;s ear in rapidly fluctuating frequencies of a keyboard note.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Vibration measurement===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[laser Doppler vibrometer]] (LDV) is a non-contact method for measuring vibration.  The laser beam from the LDV is directed at the surface of interest, and the vibration amplitude and frequency are extracted from the Doppler shift of the laser beam frequency due to the motion of the surface.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Relativistic Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dopplergraph]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fizeau experiment]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Fading]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Inverse Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Photoacoustic Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Differential Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Rayleigh fading]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Further reading==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;quot;Doppler and the Doppler effect&amp;quot;, E. N. da C. Andrade, &#039;&#039;Endeavour&#039;&#039; Vol. XVIII No. 69, January 1959 (published by ICI London). Historical account of Doppler&#039;s original paper and subsequent developments.&lt;br /&gt;
* {{cite web | url = http://archive.ncsa.uiuc.edu/Cyberia/Bima/doppler.html | title = Doppler Effect | first = Eleni | last = Adrian | publisher = [[National Center for Supercomputing Applications|NCSA]] | date = 24 June 1995 | accessdate = 2008-07-13 }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==External links==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Commons}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://scienceworld.wolfram.com/physics/DopplerEffect.html Doppler Effect], [[ScienceWorld]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.falstad.com/ripple/ex-doppler.html Java simulation of Doppler effect]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.mathpages.com/rr/s2-04/2-04.htm Doppler Shift for Sound and Light] at MathPages&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.kettering.edu/~drussell/Demos/doppler/doppler.html The Doppler Effect and Sonic Booms (D.A. Russell, Kettering University)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://beta.vtap.com/video/Doppler+Effect/CL0113709540_1d645df0e Video Mashup with Doppler Effect videos]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://math.ucr.edu/~jdp/Relativity/WaveDancer.html Wave Propagation] &#039;&#039;from John de Pillis.&#039;&#039; An animation showing that the speed of a moving wave source does not affect the speed of the wave.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://math.ucr.edu/~jdp/Relativity/EM_Propagation.html EM Wave Animation] &#039;&#039;from John de Pillis.&#039;&#039; How an electromagnetic wave propagates through a vacuum&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://astro.unl.edu/classaction/animations/light/dopplershift.html Doppler Shift Demo] - Interactive flash simulation for demonstrating Doppler shift.&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://www.colorado.edu/physics/2000/applets_New.html Interactive applets] at Physics 2000&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Doppler Effect}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Doppler effects]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Radio frequency propagation]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Wave mechanics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Radar signal processing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{link FA|pl}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ar:تأثير دوبلر]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ast:Efeutu Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[az:Dopler effekti]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[bn:ডপলার ক্রিয়া]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[be:Эфект Доплера]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[bg:Доплеров ефект]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[bs:Dopplerov efekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[br:Efed Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Efecte Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[cs:Dopplerův jev]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[da:Dopplereffekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Dopplereffekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[et:Doppleri efekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[el:Φαινόμενο Ντόπλερ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Efecto Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[eo:Efiko de Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fa:اثر دوپلر]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Effet Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[gl:Efecto Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ko:도플러 효과]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[hi:डॉप्लर प्रभाव]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[hr:Dopplerov efekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[id:Efek Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[is:Dopplerhrif]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[it:Effetto Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[he:אפקט דופלר]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ka:დოპლერის ეფექტი]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[kk:Доплер құбылысы]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ht:Efè Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[la:Effectus Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[lv:Doplera efekts]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[lt:Doplerio efektas]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[hu:Doppler-effektus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[mk:Доплеров ефект]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ml:ഡോപ്ലർ പ്രഭാവം]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[my:ဒေါ့ပလာ အကျိုးသက်ရောက်မှု]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[nl:Dopplereffect]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:ドップラー効果]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[no:Dopplereffekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[nn:Dopplereffekten]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[nov:Doppler-efekte]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pl:Efekt Dopplera]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Efeito Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ro:Efectul Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Эффект Доплера]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[si:ඩොප්ලර් ආචරණය]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[simple:Doppler effect]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sk:Dopplerov jav]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sl:Dopplerjev pojav]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sr:Доплеров ефекат]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sh:Doplerov efekat]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fi:Doppler-ilmiö]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sv:Dopplereffekt]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ta:டாப்ளர் விளைவு]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[th:ปรากฏการณ์ดอปเพลอร์]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[tr:Doppler etkisi]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[uk:Ефект Доплера]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[vi:Hiệu ứng Doppler]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:多普勒效应]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31722</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31722"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T06:23:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Cleanup|date=June 2010}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Calculus}}&lt;br /&gt;
In [[mathematics]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;continuous function&#039;&#039;&#039; is a [[function (mathematics)|function]] for which, intuitively, &amp;quot;small&amp;quot; changes in the input result in &amp;quot;small&amp;quot; changes in the output. Otherwise, a function is said to be a &amp;quot;&#039;&#039;&#039;discontinuous function&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;quot;. A continuous function with a continuous [[inverse function]] is called &amp;quot;[[bicontinuous]]&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Continuity of functions is one of the core concepts of [[topology]], which is treated in full generality below. The introductory portion of this article focuses on the special case where the inputs and outputs of functions are [[real number]]s. In addition, this article discusses the definition for the more general case of functions between two [[metric space]]s. In [[order theory]], especially in [[domain theory]], one considers a notion of continuity known as [[Scott continuity]]. Other forms of continuity do exist but they are not discussed in this article.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As an example, consider the function &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;), which describes the [[height]] of a growing flower at time &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;. This function is continuous.  In fact, a dictum of [[classical physics]] states that &#039;&#039;in nature everything is continuous&#039;&#039;.  By contrast, if &#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;) denotes the amount of money in a bank account at time &#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;, then the function jumps whenever money is deposited or withdrawn, so the function &#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;t&#039;&#039;) is discontinuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==History==&lt;br /&gt;
A form of this [[(ε, δ)-definition of limit|epsilon-delta definition]] of continuity was first given by [[Bernard Bolzano]] in 1817.  Preliminary forms of a related definition of the limit  were given by [[Augustin-Louis Cauchy|Cauchy]].&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;grabiner&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{Cite journal|doi=10.2307/2975545|title=Who Gave You the Epsilon? Cauchy and the Origins of Rigorous Calculus|first=Judith V.|last=Grabiner|journal=The [[American Mathematical Monthly]]|month=March|year=1983|volume=90|issue=3|pages=185–194|url=http://www.maa.org/pubs/Calc_articles/ma002.pdf|postscript=.|jstor=2975545}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  Cauchy defined continuity of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; as follows: an infinitely small increment of the independent variable &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; produces always an infinitely small increment change of &#039;&#039;f(x)&#039;&#039;.  Cauchy defined infinitely small quantities in terms of variable quantities, and his definition closely parallels the infinitesimal definition used today (see [[microcontinuity]]).  The formal definition and the distinction between pointwise continuity and [[uniform continuity]] were first given by Bolzano in the 1830s but the work wasn&#039;t published until the 1930s.  Heine provided the first published definition of uniform continuity in 1872, but based these ideas on lectures given by Dirichlet in 1854.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{citation|last1=Rusnock|first1=P.|last2=Kerr-Lawson|first2=A.|title=Bolzano and uniform continuity|journal=Historia Mathematica|volume=32|year=2005|pages=303–311|issue=3}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Real-valued continuous functions ==&lt;br /&gt;
===Definition===&lt;br /&gt;
A [[function (mathematics)|function]] from the set of [[real number]]s to the real numbers can be represented by a [[graph of a function|graph]] in the [[Cartesian coordinate system|Cartesian plane]]; the function is continuous if, roughly speaking, the graph is a single unbroken [[curve]] with no &amp;quot;holes&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;jumps&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several ways to make this intuition mathematically rigorous. These definitions are [[Equivalence relation|equivalent]] to one another, so the most convenient definition can be used to determine whether a given function is continuous or not. In the definitions below, &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: I \rightarrow \mathbf R.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is a function defined on a [[subset]] &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039; of the set &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039; of real numbers. This subset &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039; is referred to as the [[domain (mathematics)|domain]] of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;. Possible choices include &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;=&#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;, the whole set of real numbers, an [[open interval]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I = (a, b) = \{x \in \mathbf R | a &amp;lt; x &amp;lt; b \}, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
or a [[closed interval]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;I = [a, b] = \{x \in \mathbf R | a \leq x \leq b \}. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Here, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; are real numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition in terms of limits of functions====&lt;br /&gt;
The function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is &#039;&#039;continuous at some [[point (geometry)|point]]&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; of its domain if the [[limit of a function|limit]] of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) as &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; approaches &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; through the domain of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;  exists and is equal to &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation | last1=Lang | first1=Serge | author1-link=Serge Lang | title=Undergraduate analysis | publisher=[[Springer-Verlag]] | location=Berlin, New York | edition=2nd | series=Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics | isbn=978-0-387-94841-6 | year=1997}}, section II.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; In mathematical notation, this is written as&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\lim_{x \to c}{f(x)} = f(c).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
In detail this means three conditions: first, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; has to be defined at &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;. Second, the limit on the left hand side of that equation has to exist.  Third, the value of this limit must equal &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is said to be &#039;&#039;continuous&#039;&#039; if it is continuous at every point of its domain. &lt;br /&gt;
If the point &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; in the domain of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is not a [[limit point]] of the domain, then this condition is [[vacuous truth|vacuously true]], since &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; cannot approach &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; through values not equal &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;.  Thus, for example, every function whose domain is the set of all integers is continuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition in terms of limits of sequences====&lt;br /&gt;
One can instead require that for any [[sequence (mathematics)|sequence]] &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(x_n)_{n\in\mathbb{N}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; of points in the domain which [[convergent sequence|converges]] to &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;, the corresponding sequence &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\left(f(x_n)\right)_{n\in \mathbb{N}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; converges to &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;).  In mathematical notation, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\forall (x_n)_{n\in\mathbb{N}} \subset I:\lim_{n\to\infty} x_n=c \Rightarrow \lim_{n\to\infty} f(x_n)=f(c)\,.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Weierstrass definition (epsilon-delta) of continuous functions====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Example of continuous function.png|right|thumb|Illustration of the &amp;amp;epsilon;-&amp;amp;delta;-definition: for &amp;amp;epsilon;=0.5, the value &amp;amp;delta;=0.5 satisfies the condition of the definition.]]&lt;br /&gt;
Explicitly including the definition of the limit of a function, we obtain a self-contained definition:&lt;br /&gt;
Given a function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; as above and an element &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; of the domain &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039; is said to be continuous at the point &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; if the following holds: For any number &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;0, however small, there exists some number &#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;0 such that for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; in the domain of &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039; with &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;minus;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;+&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;, the value of &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) satisfies&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; f(c) - \varepsilon &amp;lt; f(x) &amp;lt; f(c) + \varepsilon.\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively written, continuity of &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;:&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;→&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039; at &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;∈&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039; means that for every&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;0 there exists a &#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;0 such that for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;∈&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;,:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;| x - c | &amp;lt; \delta \Rightarrow | f(x) - f(c) | &amp;lt; \varepsilon. \, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More intuitively, we can say that if we want to get all the &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) values to stay in some small [[topological neighbourhood|neighborhood]] around &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;), we simply need to choose a small enough neighborhood for the &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; values around &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;, and we can do that no matter how small the &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) neighborhood is; &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039; is then continuous at&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern terms, this is generalized by the definition of continuity of a function with respect to a [[basis (topology)|basis for the topology]], here the [[metric topology]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Definition using oscillation ====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Rapid Oscillation.svg|thumb|The failure of a function to be continuous at a point is quantified by its [[Oscillation (mathematics)|oscillation]].]]&lt;br /&gt;
Continuity can also be defined in terms of [[Oscillation (mathematics)|oscillation]]: a function ƒ is continuous at a point &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; if and only if the oscillation is zero;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[http://ramanujan.math.trinity.edu/wtrench/texts/TRENCH_REAL_ANALYSIS.PDF Introduction to Real Analysis],&#039;&#039; updated April 2010, William F. Trench, Theorem 3.5.2, p. 172&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; in symbols, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\omega_f(x_0) = 0.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; A benefit of this definition is that it &#039;&#039;quantifies&#039;&#039; discontinuity: the oscillation gives how &#039;&#039;much&#039;&#039; the function is discontinuous at a point.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This definition is useful in [[descriptive set theory]] to study the set of discontinuities and continuous points – the continuous points are the intersection of the sets where the oscillation is less than &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039; (hence a [[G-delta set|G&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;δ&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set]]) – and gives a very quick proof of one direction of the [[Lebesgue integrability condition]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;[http://ramanujan.math.trinity.edu/wtrench/texts/TRENCH_REAL_ANALYSIS.PDF Introduction to Real Analysis],&#039;&#039; updated April 2010, William F. Trench, 3.5 &amp;quot;A More Advanced Look at the Existence of the Proper Riemann Integral&amp;quot;, pp. 171–177&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The oscillation is equivalent to the &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;-&#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039; definition by a simple re-arrangement, and by using a limit ([[lim sup]], [[lim inf]]) to define oscillation: if (at a given point) for a given &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; there is no &#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039; that satisfies the &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;-&#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039; definition, then the oscillation is at least &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, and conversely if for every &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039; there is a desired &#039;&#039;δ,&#039;&#039; the oscillation is 0. The oscillation definition can be naturally generalized to maps from a topological space to a metric space.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Definition using the hyperreals====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cauchy]] defined continuity of a function in the following intuitive terms: an [[infinitesimal]] change in the independent variable corresponds to an infinitesimal change of the dependent variable (see &#039;&#039;Cours d&#039;analyse&#039;&#039;, page 34). [[Non-standard analysis]] is a way of making this mathematically rigorous. The real line is augmented by the addition of infinite and infinitesimal numbers to form the [[hyperreal numbers]].  In nonstandard analysis, continuity can be defined as follows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:A function &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;fnof;&#039;&#039; from the reals to the reals is continuous if its natural extension to the hyperreals has the property that for real &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; and infinitesimal &#039;&#039;dx&#039;&#039;, {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;fnof;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;+&#039;&#039;dx&#039;&#039;) &amp;amp;minus; &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;fnof;&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;)}} is infinitesimal&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;http://www.math.wisc.edu/~keisler/calc.html&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(see [[microcontinuity]]).  In other words, an infinitesimal increment of the independent variable corresponds to an infinitesimal change of the dependent variable, giving a modern expression to [[Augustin-Louis Cauchy]]&#039;s definition of continuity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Examples ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Brent method example.png|right|thumb|The graph of a [[cubic function]] has no jumps or holes. The function is continuous.]]&lt;br /&gt;
All [[polynomial|polynomial function]]s, such as &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(x) = x^3 + x^2 - 5x + 11\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(pictured) are continuous. This is a consequence of the fact that, given two continuous functions&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f, g: I \rightarrow \mathbf R&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
defined on the same domain &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;, then the sum &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;, and the product &#039;&#039;fg&#039;&#039; of the two functions are continuous (on the same domain &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;). Moreover, the function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac f g : \{ x \in I| g(x) \neq 0 \} \rightarrow \mathbf R, x \mapsto \frac{f(x)}{g(x)}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous. (The points where &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) is zero have to be discarded for &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; to be defined.) For example, the function (pictured)&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(x) = \frac {2x-1} {x+2}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Homografia.svg|right|thumb|The graph of a [[rational function]]. The function is not defined for &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;=&amp;amp;minus;2. The vertical and horizontal lines are [[asymptote]]s.]]&lt;br /&gt;
is defined for all real numbers {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;ne; &amp;amp;minus;2}} and is continuous at every such point. The question of continuity at {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; {{=}} &amp;amp;minus;2}} does not arise, since  {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; {{=}} &amp;amp;minus;2}} is not in the domain of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;. There is no continuous function &#039;&#039;F&#039;&#039;: &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039; that agrees with &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) for all {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;ne; &amp;amp;minus;2}}. The function &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) = (sin&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;)/&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;, defined for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;≠0 is continuous at these points. However, this function &#039;&#039;can&#039;&#039; be extended to a continuous function on all real numbers, namely&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
G(x) = &lt;br /&gt;
\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
\frac {\sin (x)}x &amp;amp; \text{ if }x \ne 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
1 &amp;amp; \text{ if }x = 0,&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
since the limit of &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;), when &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; approaches 0, is 1. Therefore, the point &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;=0 is called a [[removable singularity]] of &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Given two continuous functions &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: I \rightarrow J (\subset \mathbf R), g : J \rightarrow \mathbf R,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the [[Function composition|composition]] &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g \circ f : I \rightarrow \mathbf R, x \mapsto g(f(x))&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Non-examples===&lt;br /&gt;
An example of a discontinuous function is the function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; defined by &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) = 1 if &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; 0, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) = 0 if &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; ≤ 0. Pick for instance ε = {{frac|1|2}}. There is no δ-neighborhood around &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; = 0 that will force all the &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) values to be within ε of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(0). Intuitively we can think of this type of discontinuity as a sudden jump in function values. Similarly, the [[sign function|signum]] or sign function&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Signum function.svg|right|thumb|Plot of the signum function. The hollow dots indicate that sgn(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) is 1 for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;gt;0 and &amp;amp;minus;1 for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;0.]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\sgn(x) = \begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
1 &amp;amp; \text{ if }x &amp;gt; 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
0 &amp;amp; \text{ if }x = 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
-1 &amp;amp; \text{ if }x &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is discontinuous at &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;=&amp;amp;nbsp;0 but continuous everywhere else. Yet another example: the function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(x)=\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
  \sin(\frac{1}{x^2})\text{ if }x \ne 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
  0\text{ if }x = 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous everywhere apart from &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; = 0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Thomae function (0,1).svg|right|thumb|Plot of Thomae&#039;s function for the domain {{nowrap|&amp;amp;minus;1 &amp;amp;le; &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;le; 1}}.]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Thomae&#039;s function]],&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(x)=\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
1   \text{ if }x=0\\&lt;br /&gt;
\frac{1}{q}\text{ if }x=\frac{p}{q}\text{(in lowest terms) is a rational number}\\&lt;br /&gt;
  0\text{ if }x\text{ is irrational}.&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous at all irrational numbers and discontinuous at all rational numbers. In a similar vein, [[Dirichlet&#039;s function]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;D(x)=\begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
  0\text{ if }x \in \mathbb{R} \setminus \mathbb{Q}\\&lt;br /&gt;
  1\text{ if }x \in \mathbb{Q}&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is nowhere continuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Properties===&lt;br /&gt;
====Intermediate value theorem====&lt;br /&gt;
The [[intermediate value theorem]] is an [[existence theorem]], based on the real number property of [[Real number#Completeness|completeness]], and states:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: If the real-valued function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous on the [[interval (mathematics)|closed interval]] [&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;] and &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; is some number between &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;), then there is some number &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; in [&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;] such that &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;)&amp;amp;nbsp;=&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if a child grows from 1&amp;amp;nbsp;m to 1.5&amp;amp;nbsp;m between the ages of two and six years, then, at some time between two and six years of age, the child&#039;s height must have been 1.25&amp;amp;nbsp;m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a consequence, if &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous on [&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;] and &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;) and &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;) differ in [[Sign (mathematics)|sign]], then, at some point &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; in [&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;], &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;) must equal [[0 (number)|zero]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Extreme value theorem====&lt;br /&gt;
The [[extreme value theorem]] states that if a function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is defined on a closed interval [&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;] (or any closed and bounded set) and is continuous there, then the function attains its maximum, i.e. there exists &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;∈&amp;amp;nbsp;[&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;] with &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;) ≥ &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;∈&amp;amp;nbsp;[&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;]. The same is true of the minimum of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;. These statements are not, in general, true if the function is defined on an open interval (&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;,&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;) (or any set that is not both closed and bounded), as, for example, the continuous function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) = 1/&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;, defined on the open interval (0,1), does not attain a maximum, being unbounded above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Relation to differentiability and integrability====&lt;br /&gt;
Every [[differentiable function]] &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: (a, b) \rightarrow \mathbf R&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous, as can be shown. The [[Theorem#Converse|converse]]  does not hold: for example, the [[absolute value]] function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(x)=|x| = \begin{cases}&lt;br /&gt;
  x \text{ if }x \geq 0\\&lt;br /&gt;
  -x\text{ if }x &amp;lt; 0&lt;br /&gt;
\end{cases}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is everywhere continuous. However, it is not differentiable at &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; = 0 (but is so everywhere else). [[Weierstrass function|Weierstrass&#039;s function]] is everywhere continuous but nowhere differentiable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[derivative]] &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) of a differentiable function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) need not be continuous. If &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) is continuous, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) is said to be continuously differentiable. The set of such functions is denoted &#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;((&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;)). More generally, the set of functions&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: \Omega \rightarrow \mathbf R&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
(from an open interval (or [[open subset]] of &#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&#039;) Ω to the reals) such that &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; times differentiable and such that the &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;-th derivative of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous is denoted &#039;&#039;C&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(Ω). See [[differentiability class]]. In the field of computer graphics, these three levels are sometimes called &#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (continuity of position), &#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (continuity of tangency), and &#039;&#039;G&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; (continuity of curvature). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every continuous function &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: [a, b] \rightarrow \mathbf R&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is [[integrable function|integrable]] (for example in the sense of the [[Riemann integral]]). The converse does not hold, as the (integrable, but discontinuous) [[sign function]] shows.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Pointwise and uniform limits====&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Uniform continuity animation.gif|A sequence of continuous functions &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) whose (pointwise) limit function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) is discontinuous. The convergence is not uniform.|right|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
Given a [[sequence (mathematics)|sequence]] &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f_1, f_2, \dots : I \rightarrow \mathbf R&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
of functions such that the limit &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(x) := \lim_{n \rightarrow \infty} f_n(x)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
exists for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;, the resulting function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) is referred to as the [[pointwise convergence|pointwise limit]] of the sequence of functions (&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;∈&#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. The pointwise limit function need not be continuous, even if all functions &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; are continuous, as the animation at the right shows. However, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous when the sequence [[uniform convergence|converges uniformly]], by the [[uniform convergence theorem]]. This theorem can be used to show that the [[exponential function]]s, [[logarithm]]s, [[square root]] function, [[trigonometric function]]s are continuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Directional and semi-continuity===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:right;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery&amp;gt;Image:Right-continuous.svg|A right-continuous function&lt;br /&gt;
Image:Left-continuous.svg|A left-continuous function&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Discontinuous functions may be discontinuous in a restricted way, giving rise to the concept of directional continuity (or right and left continuous functions) and [[semi-continuity]]. Roughly speaking, a function is &#039;&#039;right-continuous&#039;&#039; if no jump occurs when the limit point is approached from the right. More formally, &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039; is said to be right-continuous at the point &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; if the following holds: For any number &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;gt; 0 however small, there exists some number &#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;gt; 0 such that for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; in the domain with {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;lt; &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;lt; &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; + &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;delta;&#039;&#039;}}, the value of &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) will satisfy&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; |f(x) - f(c)| &amp;lt; \varepsilon.\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the same condition as for continuous functions, except that it is required to hold for &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; strictly larger than &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; only. Requiring it instead for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; with {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;minus; &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;delta;&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;lt; &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; &amp;amp;lt; &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;}} yields the notion of &#039;&#039;left-continuous&#039;&#039; functions. A function is continuous if and only if it is both right-continuous and left-continuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is &#039;&#039;[[Semi-continuity|lower semi-continuous]]&#039;&#039; if, roughly, any jumps that might occur only go down, but not up. That is, for any &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;gt; 0, there exists some number &#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;gt; 0 such that for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; in the domain with {{nowrap begin}}|x &amp;amp;minus; c| &amp;lt; &#039;&#039;&amp;amp;delta;&#039;&#039;{{nowrap end}}, the value of &#039;&#039;ƒ&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) satisfies&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(x) \geq f(c) - \epsilon.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The reverse condition is &#039;&#039;[[Semi-continuity|upper semi-continuity]]&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Continuous functions between metric spaces ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- This section is linked from [[F-space]] --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of continuous real-valued functions can be generalized to functions between [[metric space]]s. A metric space is a set &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; equipped with a function (called [[metric (mathematics)|metric]]) &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;, that can be thought of as a measurement of the distance of any two elements in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;. Formally, the metric is a function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d_X : X \times X \rightarrow \mathbf R&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
that satisfies a number of requirements, notably the [[triangle inequality]]. Given two metric spaces (&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;, d&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and (&#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;, d&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) and a function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: X \rightarrow Y&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
then &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous at the point &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; (with respect to the given metrics) if for any positive real number ε, there exists a positive real number δ such that all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; satisfying d&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;) &amp;lt; δ will also satisfy d&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;), &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;)) &amp;lt; ε. As in the case of real functions above, this is equivalent to the condition that for every sequence (&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; with limit lim &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; = &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;, we have lim &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) = &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;). The latter condition can be weakened as follows: &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous at the point &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; if and only if for every convergent sequence (&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; with limit &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;, the sequence (&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)) is a [[Cauchy sequence]], and &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; is in the domain of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set of points at which a function between metric spaces is continuous is a [[Gδ set|G&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;δ&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; set]] – this follows from the ε-δ definition of continuity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This notion of continuity is applied, for example, in [[functional analysis]]. A key statement in this area says that a [[linear operator]] &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T: V \rightarrow W&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
between [[normed vector space]]s &#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;W&#039;&#039; (which are [[vector spaces]] equipped with a compatible [[norm (mathematics)|norm]], denoted ||x||)&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous if and only if it is [[Bounded linear operator|bounded]], that is, there is a constant &#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039; such that &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\|T(x)\| \leq K \|x\|&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
for all &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Uniform, Hölder and Lipschitz continuity ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Lipschitz continuity.png|thumb|For a Lipschitz continuous function, there is a double cone (shown in white) whose vertex can be translated along the graph, so that the graph always remains entirely outside the cone.]]&lt;br /&gt;
The concept of continuity for functions between metric spaces can be strengthened in various ways by limiting the way δ depends on ε and &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; in the definition above. Intuitively, a function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; as above is [[uniformly continuous]] if the δ does &lt;br /&gt;
not depend on the point &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;. More precisely, it is required that for every [[real number]] &#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;0 there exists &#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;0 such that for every &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;,&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;∈&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; with &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;,&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;)&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;δ&#039;&#039;, we have that &#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;),&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;))&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;lt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;ε&#039;&#039;. Thus, any uniformly continuous function is continuous. The converse does not hold in general, but holds when the domain space &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is [[compact topological space|compact]]. Uniformly continuous maps can be defined in the more general situation of [[uniform space]]s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation | last1=Gaal | first1=Steven A. | title=Point set topology | publisher=[[Dover Publications]] | location=New York | isbn=978-0-486-47222-5 | year=2009}}, section IV.10&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A function is [[Hölder continuity|Hölder continuous]] with exponent α (a real number) if there is a constant &#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039; such that for all &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;, the inequality&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d_Y (f(b), f(c)) \leq K \cdot (d_X (b, c))^\alpha&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
holds. Any Hölder continuous function is uniformly continuous. The particular case {{nowrap|&amp;amp;alpha; {{=}} 1}} is referred to as [[Lipschitz continuity]]. That is, a function is Lipschitz continuous if there is a constant &#039;&#039;K&#039;&#039; such that the inequality&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d_Y (f(b), f(c)) \leq K \cdot d_X (b, c)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
holds any &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{Citation | last1=Searcóid | first1=Mícheál Ó | title=Metric spaces | url=http://books.google.de/books?id=aP37I4QWFRcC | publisher=[[Springer-Verlag]] | location=Berlin, New York | series=Springer undergraduate mathematics series | isbn=978-1-84628-369-7 | year=2006}}, section 9.4&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The Lipschitz condition occurs, for example, in the [[Picard–Lindelöf theorem]] concerning the solutions of [[ordinary differential equation]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Continuous functions between topological spaces&amp;lt;!--This section is linked from [[Preference (economics)]]--&amp;gt; ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:continuity topology.svg|300px|right|frame|Continuity of a function at a point]]&lt;br /&gt;
Another, more abstract notion of continuity is continuity of functions between [[topological space]]s in which there generally is no formal notion of distance, as in the case of metric spaces. A topological space is a set &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; together with a [[topology]] on &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; which is a set of [[subset]]s of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; satisfying a few requirements with respect to their unions and intersections that generalize the properties of the [[open ball]]s in metric spaces while still allowing to talk about the [[neighbourhood (mathematics)|neighbourhoods]] of a given point. The elements of a topology are called [[open subset]]s of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; (with respect to the topology). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A function &lt;br /&gt;
:{{nowrap|&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; : &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;}}&lt;br /&gt;
between two topological spaces &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; is continuous if for every open set &#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039; ⊆ &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;, the inverse image&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f^{-1}(V) = \{x \in X \; | \; f(x) \in V \}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is an open subset of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;. That is, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is a function between the sets &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; (not on the elements of the topology &#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;X&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;), but the continuity of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; depends on the topologies used on &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is equivalent to the condition that the preimages of the [[closed set]]s (which are the complements of the open subsets) in &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; are closed in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An extreme example: if a set &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is given the [[discrete topology]] (in which every subset is open), all functions &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: X \rightarrow T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
to any topological space &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; are continuous. On the other hand, if &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is equipped with the [[indiscrete topology]] (in which the only open subsets are the empty set and &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;) and the space &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; set is at least [[T0 space|T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;]], then the only continuous functions are the constant functions. Conversely, any function whose range is indiscrete is continuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Alternative definitions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Several [[Characterizations of the category of topological spaces|equivalent definitions for a topological structure]] exist and thus there are several equivalent ways to define a continuous function.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Neighborhood definition ====&lt;br /&gt;
Definitions based on preimages are often difficult to use directly. The following criterion expresses continuity in terms of [[neighborhood (topology)|neighborhood]]s: &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous at some point &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;nbsp;∈&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; if and only if for any neighborhood &#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;), there is a neighborhood &#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; such that &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039;)&amp;amp;nbsp;⊆&amp;amp;nbsp;&#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;. Intuitively, continuity means no matter how &amp;quot;small&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039; becomes, there is always a &#039;&#039;U&#039;&#039; containing &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; that maps inside &#039;&#039;V&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; are metric spaces, it is equivalent to consider the [[neighborhood system]] of [[open ball]]s centered at &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) instead of all neighborhoods. This gives back the above δ-ε definition of continuity in the context of metric spaces. However, in general topological spaces, there is no notion of nearness or distance. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note, however, that if the target space is [[Hausdorff space|Hausdorff]], it is still true that &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous at &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; if and only if the limit of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; as &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; approaches &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; is &#039;&#039;f(a)&#039;&#039;.  At an isolated point, every function is continuous.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Sequences and nets  {{anchor|Heine definition of continuity}} ====&lt;br /&gt;
In several contexts, the topology of a space is conveniently  specified in terms of [[limit points]].  In many instances, this is accomplished by specifying when a point is the [[limit of a sequence]], but for some spaces that are too large in some sense, one specifies also when a point is the limit of more general sets of points indexed by a [[directed set]], known as [[net (mathematics)|nets]].  A function is continuous only if it takes limits of sequences to limits of sequences.  In the former case, preservation of limits is also sufficient; in the latter, a function may preserve all limits of sequences yet still fail to be continuous, and preservation of nets is a necessary and sufficient condition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In detail, a function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; : &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; is &#039;&#039;&#039;sequentially continuous&#039;&#039;&#039; if whenever a sequence (&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; converges to a limit &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;, the sequence (&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)) converges to &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;).  Thus sequentially continuous functions &amp;quot;preserve sequential limits&amp;quot;.  Every continuous function is sequentially continuous.  If &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is a [[first-countable space]] and [[Axiom of countable choice|countable choice]] holds, then the converse also holds: any function preserving sequential limits is continuous.  In particular, if &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is a metric space, sequential continuity and continuity are equivalent.  For non first-countable spaces, sequential continuity might be strictly weaker than continuity. (The spaces for which the two properties are equivalent are called [[sequential space]]s.) This motivates the consideration of nets instead of sequences in general topological spaces.  Continuous functions preserve limits of nets, and in fact this property characterizes continuous functions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Closure operator definition ====&lt;br /&gt;
Instead of specifying the open subsets of a topological space, the topology can also be determined by [[closure operator]]s (denoted cl) which assigns to any subset &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; ⊆ &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; its [[closure]] or [[interior operator]]s (denoted int), which assigns to any subset &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; its [[interior]]. In these terms, a function &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f:(X,\mathrm{cl}) \to (X&#039; ,\mathrm{cl}&#039;)\, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
between topological spaces is continuous in the sense above if and only if for all subsets &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(\mathrm{cl}(A)) \subseteq \mathrm{cl}&#039;(f(A)).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
That is to say, given any element &#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; that is in the closure of any subset &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;x&#039;&#039;) belongs to the closure of &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;). This is equivalent to the requirement that for all subsets &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt; of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&#039;&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f^{-1}(\mathrm{cl}&#039;(A&#039;)) \supseteq \mathrm{cl}(f^{-1}(A&#039;)).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f:(X,\mathrm{int}) \to (X&#039; ,\mathrm{int}&#039;) \, &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous if and only if &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f^{-1}(\mathrm{int}&#039;(A)) \subseteq \mathrm{int}(f^{-1}(A)).&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
for any subset &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Properties ===&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; : &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; : &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; are continuous, then so is the composition &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; ∘ &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; : &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039;. If &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; : &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; is continuous and&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is [[Compact space|compact]], then &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;) is compact.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is [[Connected space|connected]], then &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;) is connected.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is [[path-connected]], then &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;) is path-connected.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is [[Lindelöf space|Lindelöf]], then &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;) is Lindelöf.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is [[separable space|separable]], then &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;) is separable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The possible topologies on a fixed set &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; are [[partial ordering|partially ordered]]: a topology τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is said to be [[comparison of topologies|coarser]] than another topology τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (notation: τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⊆ τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) if every open subset with respect to τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is also open with respect to τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;. Then, the [[identity function|identity map]] &lt;br /&gt;
:id&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;X&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; : (&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;, τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;) → (&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;, τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;)&lt;br /&gt;
is continuous if and only if τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; ⊆ τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; (see also [[comparison of topologies]]). More generally, a continuous function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;(X, \tau_X) \rightarrow (Y, \tau_Y)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
stays continuous if the topology τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is replaced by a [[weaker topology]] and/or τ&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is replaced by a [[stronger topology]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Homeomorphisms===&lt;br /&gt;
Symmetric to the concept of a continuous map is an [[open map]], for which &#039;&#039;images&#039;&#039; of open sets are open. In fact, if an open map &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; has an [[inverse function]], that inverse is continuous, and if a continuous map &#039;&#039;g&#039;&#039; has an inverse, that inverse is open. Given a bijective function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; between two topological spaces, the inverse function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;&amp;amp;minus;1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; need not be continuous. A bijective continuous function with continuous inverse function is called a &#039;&#039;[[homeomorphism]]&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If a continuous bijection has as its domain a [[compact space]] and its codomain is [[Hausdorff space|Hausdorff]], then it is a homeomorphism.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Defining topologies via continuous functions ===&lt;br /&gt;
Given a function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: X \rightarrow S, \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; is a topological space and &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is a set (without a specified topology), the [[final topology]] on &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is defined by letting the open sets of &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; be those subsets &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; for which &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;−1&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;(&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;) is open in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;. If &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; has an existing topology, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous with respect to this topology if and only if the existing topology is [[Comparison of topologies|coarser]] than the final topology on &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;.  Thus the final topology can be characterized as the finest topology on &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; that makes &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; continuous.  If &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is [[surjective]], this topology is canonically identified with the [[quotient topology]] under the [[equivalence relation]] defined by &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Dually, for a function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; from a set &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; to a topological space, the [[initial topology]] on &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; has as open subsets &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; those subsets for which &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;) is open in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;.  If &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; has an existing topology, &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is continuous with respect to this topology if and only if the existing topology is finer than the initial topology on &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;.  Thus the initial topology can be characterized as the coarsest topology on &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; that makes &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; continuous.  If &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is injective, this topology is canonically identified with the [[subspace topology]] of &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;, viewed as a subset of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More generally, given a set &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039;, specifying the set of continuous functions &lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;S \rightarrow X&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
into all topological spaces &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; defines a topology. [[Duality (mathematics)|Dually]], a similar idea can be applied to maps&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;X \rightarrow S.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This is an instance of a [[universal property]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Related notions==&lt;br /&gt;
Various other mathematical domains use the concept of continuity in different, but related meanings. For example, in [[order theory]], an order-preserving function &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; : &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; → &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; between two [[complete lattice]]s &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039; (particular types of [[partially ordered set]]s) is [[Scott continuity|continuous]] if for each subset &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; of &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039;, we have sup(&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;)) = &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;(sup(&#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039;)). Here sup is the [[supremum]] with respect to the orderings in &#039;&#039;X&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;Y&#039;&#039;, respectively. Applying this to the complete lattice consisting of the open subsets of a topological space, this gives back the notion of continuity for maps between topological spaces. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[category theory]], a [[functor]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F : \mathcal C \rightarrow \mathcal D&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
between two [[category (mathematics)|categories]] is called &#039;&#039;[[continuous functor|continuous]]&#039;&#039;, if it commutes with small [[limit (category theory)|limits]]. That is to say,&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\varprojlim_{i \in I} F(C_i) \cong F (\varprojlim_{i \in I} C_i)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
for any small (i.e., indexed by a set &#039;&#039;I&#039;&#039;, as opposed to a [[class (mathematics)|class]]) diagram of objects in &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal C&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;continuity space&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | title = Quantales and continuity spaces | id = {{citeseerx|10.1.1.48.851}} | first = R. C. | last =Flagg | journal = Algebra Universalis | year = 1997 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | title = All topologies come from generalized metrics | first = R. | last = Kopperman | journal =  American Mathematical Monthly | year = 1988 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is a generalization of metric spaces and posets, which uses the concept of [[quantale]]s, and that can be used to unify the notions of metric spaces and [[Domain theory|domain]]s.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | title = Continuity spaces: Reconciling domains and metric spaces | first1 = B. | last1 = Flagg | first2 = R. | last2 = Kopperman | journal = Theoretical Computer Science | year = 1997 }}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;-moz-column-count:2; column-count:2;&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Absolute continuity]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Classification of discontinuities]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Coarse function]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Continuous stochastic process]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Dini continuity]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Discrete function]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Equicontinuity]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Normal function]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Piecewise]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Symmetrically continuous function]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
{{commons category|Continuity (functions)}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
*[http://archives.math.utk.edu/visual.calculus/ Visual Calculus] by Lawrence S. Husch, [[University of Tennessee]] (2001)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Continuous Function}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Calculus]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Continuous mappings| ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Types of functions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Link FA|mk}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[am:ሪጋ አስረካቢ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ar:دالة مستمرة]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[bg:Непрекъснатост]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[bs:Neprekidna funkcija]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Funció contínua]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[cs:Spojitá funkce]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[da:Kontinuitet]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Stetigkeit]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[el:Συνέχεια συνάρτησης]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Función continua]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[eo:Kontinua funkcio]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[eu:Funtzio jarraitu]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fa:تابع پیوسته]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Continuité]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ko:연속함수]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[id:Fungsi kontinu]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[is:Samfelldni]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[it:Funzione continua]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[he:רציפות]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ka:უწყვეტობა]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[la:Continuitas (mathematica)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[lt:Tolydi funkcija]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[hu:Folytonos függvény]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[mk:Непрекинатост на функција]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ms:Fungsi selanjar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[nl:Continue functie (analyse)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:連続 (数学)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[no:Kontinuerlig funksjon]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[nn:Kontinuerleg funksjon]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pms:Fonsion continua]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pl:Funkcja ciągła]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Função contínua]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ro:Funcție continuă]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Непрерывное отображение]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[simple:Continuous function]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sk:Spojitá funkcia]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sl:Zvezna funkcija]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sr:Непрекидна функција]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sh:Neprekidne funkcije]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fi:Jatkuva funktio]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sv:Kontinuerlig funktion]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[th:ฟังก์ชันต่อเนื่อง]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[tr:Süreklilik]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[uk:Неперервна функція]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ur:استمری دالہ]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[vi:Hàm liên tục]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh-classical:連續]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:连续函数]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31720</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31720"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T06:23:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Refimprove|date=August 2008}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Carnot-engine-1824.png|175px|thumb|right|[[Axis of rotation|Axial]] [[Cross section (geometry)|cross section]] of Carnot&#039;s heat engine. In this diagram, &#039;&#039;abcd&#039;&#039; is a cylindrical vessel, &#039;&#039;cd&#039;&#039; is a movable [[piston]], and &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039; are constant–temperature bodies. The vessel may be placed in contact with either body or removed from both (as it is here).&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Figure&amp;amp;nbsp;1 in Carnot (1824, p. 17) and Carnot (1890, p. 63). In the diagram, the diameter of the vessel is large enough to bridge the space between the two bodies, but in the model, the vessel is never in contact with both bodies simultaneously. Also, the diagram shows an unlabeled axial rod attached to the outside of the piston.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; ]]&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;&#039;Carnot heat engine&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;In French, Carnot uses &#039;&#039;machine à feu&#039;&#039;, which Thurston translates as &#039;&#039;heat-engine&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;steam-engine&#039;&#039;. In a footnote, Carnot distinguishes the steam-engine (&#039;&#039;machine à vapeur&#039;&#039;) from the heat-engine in general. (Carnot, 1824, p. 5 and Carnot, 1890, p. 43)&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is a hypothetical engine that operates on the reversible [[Carnot cycle]]. The basic model for this engine was developed by [[Nicolas Léonard Sadi Carnot]] in 1824.  The Carnot engine model was graphically expanded upon by [[Benoît Paul Émile Clapeyron]] in 1834 and mathematically elaborated upon by [[Rudolf Clausius]] in 1857 and 66 from which the concept of [[entropy]] emerged.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every single thermodynamic system exists in a particular [[thermodynamic state|state]]. A [[thermodynamic cycle]] occurs when a [[thermodynamic system|system]] is taken through a series of different states, and finally returned to its initial state. In the process of going through this cycle, the system may perform work on its surroundings, thereby acting as a [[heat engine]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A heat engine acts by transferring energy from a warm region to a cool region of space and, in the process, converting some of that energy to [[mechanical work]]. The cycle may also be reversed. The system may be worked upon by an external force, and in the process, it can transfer thermal energy from a cooler system to a warmer one, thereby acting as a [[refrigerator]] or [[heat pump]] rather than a heat engine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the adjacent diagram, from Carnot&#039;s 1824 work, &#039;&#039;[[Reflections on the Motive Power of Fire]]&#039;&#039;,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.worldcat.org/search?q=ti%3AReflections+on+the+motive+power+of+fire+au%3Acarnot Sometimes translated as &#039;&#039;Reflections on the Motive Power of Fire&#039;&#039;]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; there are &amp;quot;two bodies &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;, kept each at a constant temperature, that of &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; being higher than that of &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;.  These two bodies, to which we can give or from which we can remove the heat without causing their temperatures to vary, exercise the functions of two unlimited reservoirs of [[Caloric theory|caloric]].  We will call the first the [[furnace]] and the second the refrigerator.”&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;English translation by Thurston (Carnot, 1890, p. 51-52).&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Carnot then explains how we can obtain [[motive power]], i.e. “work”, by carrying a certain quantity of heat from body &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; to body &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modern diagram ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Carnot heat engine 2.svg|300px|thumb|right|Carnot engine diagram (modern) - where heat flows from a high temperature &#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; furnace through the fluid of the &amp;quot;working body&amp;quot; (working substance) and into the cold sink &#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;, thus forcing the working substance to do [[mechanical work]] &#039;&#039;W&#039;&#039; on the surroundings, via cycles of contractions and expansions.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The previous image shows the original piston-and-cylinder diagram used by Carnot in discussing his ideal engines.  The figure at right shows a block diagram of a generic heat engine, such as the Carnot engine.  In the diagram, the “working body” (system), a term introduced by Clausius in 1850, can be any fluid or vapor body through which [[heat]] &#039;&#039;Q&#039;&#039; can be introduced or transmitted to produce work.  Carnot had postulated that the fluid body could be any substance capable of expansion, such as vapor of water, vapor of alcohol, vapor of mercury, a permanent gas, or air, etc.  Although, in these early years, engines came in a number of configurations, typically &#039;&#039;Q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; was supplied by a boiler, wherein water was boiled over a furnace; &#039;&#039;Q&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; was typically a stream of cold flowing water in the form of a [[Condenser (heat transfer)|condenser]] located on a separate part of the engine.  The output work &#039;&#039;W&#039;&#039; here is the movement of the piston as it is used to turn a crank-arm, which was then typically used to turn a pulley so to lift water out of flooded salt mines.  Carnot defined work as “weight lifted through a height”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Until this section text gets longer, please leave this space for the right-justified image --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- Until this section text gets longer, please leave this space for the right-justified image --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Carnot&#039;s theorem ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{main|Carnot&#039;s theorem (thermodynamics)}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Real vs Carnot.png|500px|thumb|right|real ideal engines (left) compared to the Carnot cycle (right). The entropy of a real material changes with temperature. This change is indicated by the curve on a [[Temperature entropy diagram|T-S diagram]]. For this figure, the curve indicates a vapor-liquid equilibrium (&#039;&#039;See [[Rankine cycle]]&#039;&#039;). Irreversible systems and losses of heat (for example, due to friction) prevent the ideal from taking place at every step.]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Carnot&#039;s theorem&#039;&#039;&#039; is a formal statement of this fact: &#039;&#039;No engine operating between two heat reservoirs can be more efficient than a Carnot engine operating between the same reservoirs.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This maximum efficiency &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is defined to be:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\eta=\frac{W}{Q_H}=1-\frac{T_C}{T_H}&lt;br /&gt;
\quad\quad\quad\quad\quad\quad\quad\quad\quad(1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; W &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the work done by the system (energy exiting the system as work),&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; Q_H &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the heat put into the system (heat energy entering the system),&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T_C &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the [[absolute temperature]] of the cold reservoir, and&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T_H &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the [[absolute temperature]] of the hot reservoir.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A corollary to Carnot&#039;s theorem states that: &#039;&#039;All reversible engines operating between the same heat reservoirs are equally efficient.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In other words, maximum efficiency is achieved if and only if no new [[entropy]] is created in the cycle. Otherwise, since [[entropy]] is a [[state function]], the required dumping of heat into the environment to dispose of excess [[entropy]] leads to a reduction in efficiency. So Equation (1) gives the efficiency of any [[Reversible process (thermodynamics)|reversible]] [[heat engine]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Coefficient of Performance (COP) of the heat engine is the reciprocal of its efficiency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Efficiency of real heat engines ==&lt;br /&gt;
Carnot realized that in reality it is not possible to build a [[Thermodynamic reversibility|thermodynamically reversible]] engine, so real heat engines are less efficient than indicated by Equation (1).  Nevertheless, Equation (1) is extremely useful for determining the maximum efficiency that could ever be expected for a given set of thermal reservoirs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Although &#039;&#039;&#039;Carnot&#039;s cycle&#039;&#039;&#039; is an idealisation, the expression&lt;br /&gt;
of Carnot efficiency is still useful. Consider the [[average]] temperatures,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:    &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\langle T_H \rangle = \frac{1}{\Delta S} \int_{Q_{in}} TdS &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:    &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\langle T_C \rangle = \frac{1}{\Delta S} \int_{Q_{out}} TdS &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
at which heat is input and output, respectively.  Replace &#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; in Equation (1) by &amp;lt;&#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;&#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the Carnot cycle, or an equivalent, &amp;lt;&#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; is the highest temperature available and &amp;lt;&#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; the lowest. For other less efficient cycles, &amp;lt;&#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; will be lower than &#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;H&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;, and &amp;lt;&#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&amp;gt; will be higher than &#039;&#039;T&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;C&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;. This can help illustrate, for example, why a [[Economizer|reheater]] or a [[regenerative heat exchanger|regenerator]] can improve the thermal efficiency of steam power plants — and why the efficiency of combined-cycle power plants (which incorporate gas turbines operating at even higher temperatures) exceeds that of conventional steam plants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
According to the second theorem, &amp;quot;The efficiency of the carnot engine is independent of the nature of the working substance&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;See also: [[Heat engine]] ([[Cycle efficiency|efficiency]] and [[Heat engine#Other criteria of heat engine performance|other performance criteria]])&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Carnot cycle]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Heat engine]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Thermal efficiency]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[History of the internal combustion engine]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Adiabatic process]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Commons category|Carnot heat engine}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{Reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!--&lt;br /&gt;
[[Template:Cite book]]&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book |title= |last= |first= |authorlink= |coauthors= |year= |edition= |publisher= |location= |isbn= |pages= }}&lt;br /&gt;
--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book |title=Réflexions sur la puissance motrice du feu et sur les machines propres à développer cette puissance |last=Carnot |first=Sadi |authorlink=Nicolas Léonard Sadi Carnot |coauthors= |year=1824 |publisher=Bachelier |location=Paris |isbn= |pages= |url=http://books.google.com/books?id=YcY9AAAAMAAJ }} {{fr icon}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book |title=Reflections on the Motive Power of Heat and on Machines Fitted to Develop That Power |last=Carnot |first=Sadi |authorlink= |coauthors= [[Robert Henry Thurston|Thurston, Robert Henry]] (editor and translator) |year=1890 |publisher=J. Wiley &amp;amp; Sons |location=New York |isbn= |pages= }} ([http://books.google.com/books?id=tgdJAAAAIAAJ full text of 1897 ed.)]) ([http://www.history.rochester.edu/steam/carnot/1943/ html])&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book&lt;br /&gt;
  |  author = Feynman, Richard P.; Leighton, Robert B.; Sands, Matthew&lt;br /&gt;
  | title = The Feynman Lectures on Physics&lt;br /&gt;
  | publisher = Addison-Wesley Publishing Company&lt;br /&gt;
  | year = 1963&lt;br /&gt;
  | pages=44–4f&lt;br /&gt;
  | isbn = 0-201-02116-1 }}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book |title=Physics |last=Halliday |first=David |authorlink= |coauthors=Resnick, Robert |year=1978 |edition=3rd ed. |publisher=John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons |location= |isbn=0-471-02456-2 |pages=541–548 }}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book |title=Thermal Physics |last=Kittel |first=Charles |authorlink=Charles Kittel |coauthors=[[Herbert Kroemer|Kroemer, Herbert]] |year=1980 |edition=2nd ed. |publisher=W. H. Freeman Company |location= |isbn=0-7167-1088-9 |pages= }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Heat engines}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Carnot Heat Engine}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hot air engines]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Màquina de Carnot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Máquina de Carnot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ko:카르노 기관]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[id:Mesin Carnot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[it:Macchina di Carnot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Máquina de Carnot]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[th:เครื่องจักรความร้อนการ์โนต์]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:卡諾熱機]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31703</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31703"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T06:16:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;{{Redirect|Countable|the linguistic concept|Count noun}}&lt;br /&gt;
{{distinguish2| [[recursively enumerable set|(recursively) enumerable sets]]}}&lt;br /&gt;
In [[mathematics]], a &#039;&#039;&#039;countable set&#039;&#039;&#039; is a [[Set (mathematics)|set]] with the same [[cardinality]] ([[cardinal number|number]] of elements) as some [[subset]] of the set of [[natural number]]s. A set that is not countable is called &#039;&#039;[[uncountable set|uncountable]]&#039;&#039;. The term was originated by [[Georg Cantor]]. The elements of a countable set can be counted one at a time&amp;amp;mdash;although the counting may never finish, every element of the set will eventually be associated with a natural number.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some authors use &#039;&#039;countable set&#039;&#039; to mean a set with the same cardinality as the set of natural numbers.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Rudin&amp;quot;&amp;gt;For an example of this usage see {{Harv|Rudin|1976|loc=Chapter 2}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; The difference between the two definitions is that under the former, [[finite set]]s are also considered to be countable, while under the latter definition, they are not considered to be countable. To resolve this ambiguity, the term &#039;&#039;&#039;at most countable&#039;&#039;&#039; is sometimes used for the former notion, and &#039;&#039;&#039;countably infinite&#039;&#039;&#039; for the latter.  The term &#039;&#039;&#039;denumerable&#039;&#039;&#039; can also be used to mean countably infinite,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Lang&amp;quot;&amp;gt;See {{Harv|Lang|1993|loc=&amp;amp;sect;2 of Chapter I}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or countable, in contrast with the term &#039;&#039;&#039;nondenumerable&#039;&#039;&#039;.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Apostol&amp;quot;&amp;gt;See {{Harv|Apostol|1969|loc=Chapter 13.19}}.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Definition==&lt;br /&gt;
A set &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is called &#039;&#039;&#039;countable&#039;&#039;&#039; if there exists an [[injective function]] &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; from &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; to the [[natural numbers]] &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N} = \{0,1,2,3,...\}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Since there is an obvious [[bijection]] between &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}^* = \{1,2,3,...\},&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; it makes no difference whether one considers 0 to be a natural number of not. In any case, this article follows [[ISO 31-11]] and the standard convention in [[mathematical logic]], which make 0 a natural number.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If &#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039; is also [[surjective function|surjective]] and therefore [[bijection|bijective]] (since f is already defined to be [[injective]]), then &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is called &#039;&#039;&#039;countably [[infinite set|infinite]].&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As noted above, this terminology is not universal: Some authors use countable to mean what is here called &amp;quot;countably infinite,&amp;quot; and to not include finite sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For alternative (equivalent) formulations of the definition in terms of a bijective function or a surjective function, see the section [[#Formal definition and properties|Formal definition and properties]] below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A &#039;&#039;[[Set (mathematics)|set]]&#039;&#039; is a collection of &#039;&#039;elements&#039;&#039;, and may be described in many ways. One way is simply to list all of its elements; for example, the set consisting of the integers 3, 4, and 5 may be denoted &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{ 3, 4, 5 \}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. This is only effective for small sets, however; for larger sets, this would be time-consuming and error-prone. Instead of listing every single element, sometimes an ellipsis (&amp;quot;...&amp;quot;) is used, if the writer believes that the reader can easily guess what is missing; for example, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{ 1, 2, 3, \dots, 100 \}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; presumably denotes the set of [[integer]]s from 1 to 100. Even in this case, however, it is still &#039;&#039;possible&#039;&#039; to list all the elements, because the set is &#039;&#039;finite&#039;&#039;; it has a specific number of elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sets are &#039;&#039;infinite&#039;&#039;; these sets have more than &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; elements for any integer &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;. For example, the set of natural numbers, denotable by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, \dots \}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, has infinitely many elements, and we cannot use any normal number to give its size. Nonetheless, it turns out that infinite sets do have a well-defined notion of size (or more properly, of &#039;&#039;cardinality&#039;&#039;, which is the technical term for the number of elements in a set), and not all infinite sets have the same cardinality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To understand what this means, we first examine what it &#039;&#039;does not&#039;&#039; mean. For example, there are infinitely many odd integers, infinitely many even integers, and (hence) infinitely many integers overall. However, it turns out that the number of odd integers, which is the same as the number of even integers, is also the same as the number of integers overall. This is because we arrange things such that for every integer, there is a distinct odd integer: ... −2 → −3, −1 → −1, 0 → 1, 1 → 3, 2 → 5, ...; or, more generally, &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; → 2&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; + 1. What we have done here is arranged the integers and the odd integers into a &#039;&#039;one-to-one correspondence&#039;&#039; (or &#039;&#039;[[bijection]]&#039;&#039;), which is a [[function (mathematics)|function]] that maps between two sets such that each element of each set corresponds to a single element in the other set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, not all infinite sets have the same cardinality. For example, [[Georg Cantor]] (who introduced this concept) demonstrated that the [[real number]]s cannot be put into one-to-one correspondence with the natural numbers (non-negative integers), and therefore that the set of real numbers has a greater cardinality than the set of natural numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A set is &#039;&#039;countable&#039;&#039; if: (1) it is finite, or (2) it has the same cardinality (size) as the set of natural numbers. Equivalently, a set is &#039;&#039;countable&#039;&#039; if it has the same cardinality as some [[subset]] of the set of natural numbers. Otherwise, it is &#039;&#039;uncountable&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Formal definition and properties==&lt;br /&gt;
By definition a set &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is &#039;&#039;&#039;countable&#039;&#039;&#039; if there exists an [[injective function]]&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: S \to \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
from &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; to the [[natural numbers]] &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N} = \{0,1,2,3,...\}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It might seem natural to divide the sets into different classes: put all the sets containing one element together; all the sets containing two elements together; ...; finally, put together all infinite sets and consider them as having the same size.&lt;br /&gt;
This view is not tenable, however, under the natural definition of size.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To elaborate this we need the concept of a [[bijection]]. Although a &amp;quot;bijection&amp;quot; seems a more advanced concept than a number, the usual development of mathematics in terms of set theory defines functions before numbers, as they are based on much simpler sets. This is where the concept of a bijection comes in: define the correspondence&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; ↔ 1, &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; ↔ 2, &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; ↔ 3&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since every element of { &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; } is paired with &#039;&#039;precisely one&#039;&#039; element of { 1, 2, 3 }, &#039;&#039;and&#039;&#039; vice versa, this defines a bijection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We now generalize this situation and &#039;&#039;define&#039;&#039; two sets to be of the same size if (and only if) there is a bijection between them. For all finite sets this gives us the usual definition of &amp;quot;the same size&amp;quot;. What does it tell us about the size of infinite sets?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Consider the sets &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; = { 1, 2, 3, ... }, the set of positive [[integer]]s and &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039; = { 2, 4, 6, ... }, the set of even positive integers. We claim that, under our definition, these sets have the same size, and that therefore &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039; is countably infinite. Recall that to prove this we need to exhibit a bijection between them. But this is easy, using n ↔ 2n, so that&lt;br /&gt;
:1 ↔ 2, 2 ↔ 4, 3 ↔ 6, 4 ↔ 8, ....&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As in the earlier example, every element of A has been paired off with precisely one element of B, and vice versa. Hence they have the same size. This gives an example of a set which is of the same size as one of its proper subsets, a situation which is impossible for finite sets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Likewise, the set of all [[ordered pair]]s of natural numbers is countably infinite, as can be seen by following a path like the one in the picture: [[File:Pairing natural.svg|thumb|300px|The [[Cantor pairing function]] assigns one natural number to each pair of natural numbers]] The resulting mapping is like this:&lt;br /&gt;
:0 ↔ (0,0), 1 ↔ (1,0), 2 ↔ (0,1), 3 ↔ (2,0), 4 ↔ (1,1), 5 ↔ (0,2), 6 ↔ (3,0) ....&lt;br /&gt;
It is evident that this mapping will cover all such ordered pairs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Interestingly: if you treat each pair as being the [[numerator]] and [[denominator]] of a [[vulgar fraction]], then for every positive fraction, we can come up with a distinct number corresponding to it. This representation includes also the natural numbers, since every natural number is also a fraction &#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;/1. So we can conclude that there are exactly as many positive rational numbers as there are positive integers. This is true also for all rational numbers, as can be seen below (a more complex presentation is needed to deal with negative numbers).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Theorem:&#039;&#039;&#039; The [[Cartesian product]] of finitely many countable sets is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This form of triangular [[Map (mathematics)|mapping]] [[recursion|recursively]] generalizes to [[vector space|vectors]] of finitely many natural numbers by repeatedly mapping the first two elements to a natural number. For example, (0,2,3) maps to (5,3) which maps to 39.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sometimes more than one mapping is useful. This is where you map the set which you want to show countably infinite, onto another set; and then map this other set to the natural numbers. For example, the positive [[rational number]]s can easily be mapped to (a subset of) the pairs of natural numbers because &#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;q &#039;&#039;maps to (&#039;&#039;p&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;q&#039;&#039;).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about infinite subsets of countably infinite sets? Do these have fewer elements than &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Theorem:&#039;&#039;&#039; Every subset of a countable set is countable. In particular, every infinite subset of a countably infinite set is countably infinite.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the set of [[prime number]]s is countable, by mapping the &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;-th prime number to &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
*2 maps to 1&lt;br /&gt;
*3 maps to 2&lt;br /&gt;
*5 maps to 3&lt;br /&gt;
*7 maps to 4&lt;br /&gt;
*11 maps to 5&lt;br /&gt;
*13 maps to 6&lt;br /&gt;
*17 maps to 7&lt;br /&gt;
*19 maps to 8&lt;br /&gt;
*23 maps to 9&lt;br /&gt;
*etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
What about sets being &amp;quot;larger than&amp;quot; &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;? An obvious place to look would be &#039;&#039;&#039;Q&#039;&#039;&#039;, the set of all [[rational number]]s, which intuitively may seem much bigger than &#039;&#039;&#039;N&#039;&#039;&#039;. But looks can be deceiving, for we assert:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Theorem:&#039;&#039;&#039; &#039;&#039;&#039;Q&#039;&#039;&#039; (the set of all rational numbers) is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Q&#039;&#039;&#039; can be defined as the set of all fractions &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; where &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; are integers and &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; 0. This can be mapped onto the subset of ordered triples of natural numbers (&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;) such that &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; ≥ 0, &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; 0, &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; are [[coprime]], and &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; ∈ {0, 1} such that &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; = 0 if &#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;/&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039; ≥ 0 and &#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039; = 1 otherwise.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*0 maps to (0,1,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*1 maps to (1,1,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−1 maps to (1,1,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*1/2 maps to (1,2,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−1/2 maps to (1,2,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*2 maps to (2,1,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−2 maps to (2,1,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*1/3 maps to (1,3,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−1/3 maps to (1,3,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*3 maps to (3,1,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−3 maps to (3,1,1)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*1/4 maps to (1,4,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−1/4 maps to (1,4,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*2/3 maps to (2,3,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−2/3 maps to (2,3,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*3/2 maps to (3,2,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−3/2 maps to (3,2,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*4 maps to (4,1,0)&lt;br /&gt;
*−4 maps to (4,1,1)&lt;br /&gt;
*...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By a similar development, the set of [[algebraic number]]s is countable, and so is the set of [[definable number]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Theorem:&#039;&#039;&#039; (Assuming the [[axiom of countable choice]]) The [[union (set theory)|union]] of countably many countable sets is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, given countable sets &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039; ...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using a variant of the triangular enumeration we saw above:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 0&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 1&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 2&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 3&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 4&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 5&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;3&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 6&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 7&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 8&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;d&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;0&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 9&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;4&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; maps to 10&lt;br /&gt;
*...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that this only works if the sets &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039;,... are [[disjoint sets|disjoint]]. If not, then the union is even smaller and is therefore also countable by a previous theorem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that the [[axiom of countable choice]] is needed in order to index &#039;&#039;all&#039;&#039; of the sets &#039;&#039;&#039;a&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;b&#039;&#039;&#039;, &#039;&#039;&#039;c&#039;&#039;&#039;,...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Theorem:&#039;&#039;&#039; The set of all finite-length [[sequence]]s of natural numbers is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This set is the union of the length-1 sequences, the length-2 sequences, the length-3 sequences, each of which is a countable set (finite Cartesian product). So we are talking about a countable union of countable sets, which is countable by the previous theorem.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Theorem:&#039;&#039;&#039; The set of all finite [[subset]]s of the natural numbers is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have a finite subset, you can order the elements into a finite sequence. There are only countably many finite sequences, so also there are only countably many finite subsets.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following theorem gives equivalent formulations in terms of a bijective function or a [[surjective function]].  A proof of this result can be found in Lang&#039;s text.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Lang&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Theorem:&#039;&#039;&#039; Let &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; be a set. The following statements are equivalent:&lt;br /&gt;
# &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is countable, i.e. there exists an injective function&lt;br /&gt;
#:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f\colon S \to \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Either &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is empty or there exists a surjective function&lt;br /&gt;
#:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g\colon \mathbb{N} \to S&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
# Either &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is finite or there exists a [[bijection]]&lt;br /&gt;
#:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h\colon \mathbb{N} \to S&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several standard properties follow easily from this theorem.  We present them here tersely.  For a gentler presentation see the sections above.   Observe that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; in the theorem can be replaced with any countably infinite set.  In particular we have the following Corollary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Corollary:&#039;&#039;&#039; Let &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; be sets.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the function&lt;br /&gt;
#:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f\colon S \to T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is injective and &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; is countable then &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
# If the function&lt;br /&gt;
#:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g: S \to T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is surjective and &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is countable then &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proof:&#039;&#039;&#039; For (1) observe that if &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; is countable there is an injective function&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h: T \to \mathbb{N}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  Then if&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: S \to T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is injective&lt;br /&gt;
the composition &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h \circ f: S \to \mathbb{N} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is injective, so &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For (2) observe that if &#039;&#039;S&#039;&#039; is countable there is a surjective function&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;h: \mathbb{N} \to S.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;  Then if &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g\colon S \to T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is surjective the composition &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g \circ h: \mathbb{N} \to T&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is surjective, so &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposition:&#039;&#039;&#039; Any subset of a countable set is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proof:&#039;&#039;&#039; The restriction of an injective function to a subset of its [[domain (mathematics)|domain]] is still injective.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposition:&#039;&#039;&#039;  The [[Cartesian product]] of two countable sets &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039; is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proof:&#039;&#039;&#039; Note that &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is countable as a consequence of the definition because the function &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: \mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(m,n) = 2^m 3^n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is injective.  It then follows from the Basic Theorem and the Corollary that the Cartesian product of any two countable sets is countable. This follows because if &#039;&#039;A&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;B&#039;&#039; are countable there are surjections &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f: \mathbb{N} \to A&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g: \mathbb{N} \to B&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. So&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f \times g: \mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N} \to A \times B&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
is a surjection from the countable set &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to the set&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; A \times B&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and the Corollary implies &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; A \times B&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is countable. This result generalizes to the Cartesian product of any finite collection of countable sets and the proof follows by [[mathematical induction|induction]] on the number of sets in the collection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposition:&#039;&#039;&#039; The [[integers]] &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are countable and the [[rational numbers]] &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proof:&#039;&#039;&#039; The integers &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are countable because the function &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f\colon \mathbb{Z} \to \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(n) = 2^n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; if &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is non-negative and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f(n) = 3^{|n|}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; if &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is negative is an injective function. The rational numbers &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; are countable because the function &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g\colon \mathbb{Z} \times \mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g(m,n) = m/(n+1)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a surjection from the countable set &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Z} \times \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to the rationals &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{Q}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposition:&#039;&#039;&#039; If &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a countable set for each &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; then &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\bigcup_{n \in \mathbb{N}} A_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is countable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proof:&#039;&#039;&#039; This is a consequence of the fact that for each &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; there is a surjective function &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; g_n : \mathbb{N} \to A_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; and hence the function&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;G : \mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N} \to \bigcup_{n \in \mathbb{N}} A_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
given by &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; G(n,m) = g_n(m)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a surjection.  Since &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is countable the Corollary implies &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \bigcup_{n \in \mathbb{N}} A_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is countable. We are using the [[axiom of countable choice]] in this proof in order to pick for each &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n \in \mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; a surjection &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;g_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; from the non-empty collection of surjections from &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathbb{N}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A_n&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;[[Cantor&#039;s Theorem]]&#039;&#039;&#039; asserts that if &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a set and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{P}(A)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is its [[power set]], i.e. the set of all subsets of &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, then there is no surjective function from &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;A&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; to &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{P}(A)&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;.  A proof is given in the article [[Cantor&#039;s Theorem]].   As an immediate consequence of this and the Basic Theorem above we have:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Proposition:&#039;&#039;&#039; The set &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N})&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is not countable; i.e. it is [[uncountable]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For an elaboration of this result see [[Cantor&#039;s diagonal argument]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The set of [[real number]]s is uncountable (see [[Cantor&#039;s first uncountability proof]]), and so is the set of all infinite [[sequence]]s of natural numbers.  A topological proof for the uncountability of the real numbers is described at [[finite intersection property]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Minimal model of set theory is countable==&lt;br /&gt;
If there is a set which is a standard model (see [[inner model]]) of ZFC set theory, then there is a minimal standard model (&#039;&#039;see&#039;&#039; [[Constructible universe]]). The [[Löwenheim-Skolem theorem]] can be used to show that this minimal model is countable. The fact that the notion of &amp;quot;uncountability&amp;quot; makes sense even in this model, and in particular that this model &#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039; contains elements which are&lt;br /&gt;
* subsets of &#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;, hence countable,&lt;br /&gt;
* but uncountable from the point of view of &#039;&#039;M&#039;&#039;,&lt;br /&gt;
was seen as paradoxical in the early days of set theory, see [[Skolem&#039;s paradox]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The minimal standard model includes all the [[algebraic number]]s and all effectively computable [[transcendental number]]s, as well as many other kinds of numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Total orders==&lt;br /&gt;
Countable sets can be [[total order|totally ordered]] in various ways, e.g.:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Well order]]s (see also [[ordinal number]]):&lt;br /&gt;
**The usual order of natural numbers (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
**The integers in the order (0, 1, 2, 3, ...; −1, −2, −3, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
*Other (NOT well orders):&lt;br /&gt;
**The usual order of integers (..., -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, ...)&lt;br /&gt;
**The usual order of rational numbers (Cannot be explicitly written as a list!)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that in both examples of well orders here, any subset has a &#039;&#039;least element&#039;&#039;; and in both examples of non-well orders, &#039;&#039;some&#039;&#039; subsets do NOT have a &#039;&#039;least element&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the key definition that determines whether a total order is also a well order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See also==&lt;br /&gt;
{{Wiktionary|countable}}&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Aleph number]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Counting]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Hilbert&#039;s paradox of the Grand Hotel]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Notes==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Citation | last1=Lang | first1=Serge | author1-link=Serge Lang | title=Real and Functional Analysis | publisher=[[Springer-Verlag]] | location=Berlin, New York | isbn=0-387-94001-4 | year=1993}}&lt;br /&gt;
* {{Citation | last1=Rudin | first1=Walter | author1-link=Walter Rudin | title=Principles of Mathematical Analysis | publisher=[[McGraw-Hill]]| location=New York | isbn=0-07-054235-X | year=1976}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{logic}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Basic concepts in infinite set theory]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Cardinal numbers]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Infinity]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Link FA|lmo}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[ar:مجموعة قابلة للعد]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[bn:গণনাযোগ্য সেট]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[bg:Изброимо множество]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ca:Conjunt numerable]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[cs:Spočetná množina]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[da:Tællelig mængde]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[de:Abzählbarkeit]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[es:Conjunto numerable]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[eo:Kalkulebla aro]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[eu:Multzo zenbakarri]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fa:مجموعه شمارا]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fr:Ensemble dénombrable]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[gl:Conxunto contábel]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ko:가산 집합]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[is:Teljanlegt mengi]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[it:Insieme numerabile]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[he:קבוצה בת מנייה]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ka:თვლადი სიმრავლე]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[kk:Саналымсыз жиын]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[lt:Skaiti aibė]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[lmo:Cungjuunt cüntàbil]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[nl:Aftelbare verzameling]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ja:可算集合]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[no:Tellbar]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[nn:Teljeleg]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pl:Zbiór przeliczalny]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[pt:Conjunto contável]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ru:Счётное множество]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[simple:Countable set]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sk:Spočítateľná množina]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sl:Števna množica]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sr:Пребројив скуп]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[fi:Numeroituva joukko]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[sv:Uppräknelig]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[ta:எண்ணுறுமையும் எண்ணுறாமையும்]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[uk:Зліченна множина]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[vi:Tập hợp đếm được]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[zh:可數集]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31606</id>
		<title>Main Page</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://en.formulasearchengine.com/w/index.php?title=Main_Page&amp;diff=31606"/>
		<updated>2014-08-08T02:45:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;AngelikWetter: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;:&#039;&#039; &#039;Rutherford–Bohr model&#039; and &#039;Bohr-Rutherford diagram&#039; redirect to this page. &#039;Bohr model&#039; is not to be confused with [[Bohr equation]].&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;[[Image:Bohr-atom-PAR.svg|thumb|right|310px|The &#039;&#039;&#039;Rutherford–Bohr model&#039;&#039;&#039; of the [[hydrogen atom]] ({{nowrap|&#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; {{=}} 1}}) or a hydrogen-like ion ({{nowrap|&#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; &amp;gt; 1}}), where the negatively charged [[electron]] confined to an [[atomic shell]] encircles a small, positively charged [[atomic nucleus]] and where an electron jump between orbits is accompanied by an emitted or absorbed amount of [[electromagnetic radiation|electromagnetic energy]] (&#039;&#039;h&amp;amp;nu;&#039;&#039;).&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Akhlesh Lakhtakia Ed. 1996&amp;quot;&amp;gt;{{cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
 |author=Akhlesh Lakhtakia (Ed.)&lt;br /&gt;
 |year=1996&lt;br /&gt;
 |title=Models and Modelers of Hydrogen&lt;br /&gt;
 |publisher=World Scientific&lt;br /&gt;
 |isbn=981-02-2302-1&lt;br /&gt;
 |bibcode=1997AmJPh..65..933L&lt;br /&gt;
 |last2=Salpeter&lt;br /&gt;
 |first2=Edwin E.&lt;br /&gt;
 |volume=65&lt;br /&gt;
 |pages=933&lt;br /&gt;
 |journal=American Journal of Physics&lt;br /&gt;
 |doi=10.1119/1.18691&lt;br /&gt;
 |issue=9&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;  The orbits in which the electron may travel are shown as grey circles; their radius increases as &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;, where &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is the [[principal quantum number]].  The {{nowrap|3 &amp;amp;rarr; 2}} transition depicted here produces the first line of the [[Balmer series]], and for hydrogen ({{nowrap|&#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; {{=}} 1}}) it results in a photon of [[wavelength]] 656 [[nano-metre|nm]] (red light).]]&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In [[atomic physics]], the Rutherford–Bohr model or &#039;&#039;&#039;Bohr model&#039;&#039;&#039;, introduced by [[Niels Bohr]] in 1913, depicts the [[atom]] as a small, positively charged [[atomic nucleus|nucleus]] surrounded by [[electron]]s that travel in circular orbits around the nucleus&amp;amp;mdash;similar in structure to the [[solar system]], but with attraction provided by [[electrostatic force]]s rather than [[gravity]]. After the [[cubic atom|cubic model]] (1902), the [[plum-pudding model]] (1904), the [[Saturnian model]] (1904), and the [[Rutherford model]] (1911) came the &#039;&#039;&#039;Rutherford–Bohr model&#039;&#039;&#039; or just &#039;&#039;Bohr model&#039;&#039; for short (1913). The improvement to the Rutherford model is mostly a quantum physical interpretation of it. The Bohr model has been superseded, but the quantum theory remains sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The model&#039;s key success lay in explaining the [[Rydberg formula]] for the spectral [[hydrogen spectral series|emission lines]] of atomic [[hydrogen]]. While the Rydberg formula had been known experimentally, it did not gain a theoretical underpinning until the Bohr model was introduced. Not only did the Bohr model explain the reason for the structure of the Rydberg formula, it also provided a justification for its empirical results in terms of fundamental physical constants.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bohr model is a relatively primitive model of the [[hydrogen atom]], compared to the [[atomic orbital|valence shell atom]]. As a theory, it can be derived as a [[orders of approximation#First-order|first-order approximation]] of the hydrogen atom using the broader and much more accurate [[quantum mechanics]], and thus may be considered to be an [[obsolete scientific theory]]. However, because of its simplicity, and its correct results for selected systems (see below for application), the Bohr model is still commonly taught to introduce students to [[quantum mechanics]] or [[Energy level#Energy level diagrams|energy level diagrams]], before moving on to the more accurate, but more complex, valence shell atom.  A related model was originally proposed by [[Arthur Erich Haas]] in 1910, but was rejected. The quantum theory of the period between [[Planck#Black-body radiation|Planck&#039;s discovery of the quantum]] (1900) and the advent of a full-blown [[quantum mechanics]] (1925) is often referred to as the [[old quantum theory]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Origin ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the early 20th century, experiments by [[Ernest Rutherford]] established that [[atom]]s consisted of a diffuse cloud of negatively charged [[electron]]s surrounding a small, dense, positively charged [[Atomic_nucleus|nucleus]].&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | author=Niels Bohr | title=On the Constitution of Atoms and Molecules, Part I | journal=Philosophical Magazine | year=1913 | volume=26 | pages=1–24 | doi= 10.1080/14786441308634955| url=http://web.ihep.su/dbserv/compas/src/bohr13/eng.pdf | issue=151}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Given this experimental data, Rutherford naturally considered a planetary-model atom, the [[Rutherford model]] of 1911 – electrons orbiting a solar nucleus – however, said planetary-model atom has a technical difficulty. The laws of classical mechanics (i.e. the [[Larmor formula]]), predict that the electron will release [[electromagnetic radiation]] while orbiting a nucleus. Because the electron would lose energy, it would gradually spiral inwards, collapsing into the nucleus. This atom model is disastrous, because it predicts that all atoms are unstable.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;[http://www.ck12.org/flexbook/chapter/7512 CK12 – Chemistry Flexbook Second Edition – The Bohr Model  of the Atom]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, as the electron spirals inward, the emission would gradually increase in frequency as the orbit got smaller and faster. This would produce a continuous smear, in frequency, of electromagnetic radiation. However, late 19th century experiments with [[electric discharge]]s have shown that atoms will only emit light (that is, electromagnetic radiation) at certain discrete frequencies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To overcome this difficulty, [[Niels Bohr]] proposed, in 1913, what is now called the &#039;&#039;Bohr model of the atom&#039;&#039;. He suggested that electrons could only have certain &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039; motions:&lt;br /&gt;
# Electrons in atoms orbit the nucleus.&lt;br /&gt;
# The electrons can only orbit stably, without radiating, in certain orbits (called by Bohr the &amp;quot;stationary orbits&amp;quot;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;{{cite journal | author=Niels Bohr | title=On the Constitution of Atoms and Molecules, Part II Systems Containing Only a Single Nucleus | journal=Philosophical Magazine | year=1913 | volume=26 | pages=476–502 | url=http://web.ihep.su/dbserv/compas/src/bohr13b/eng.pdf | doi=10.1080/14786441308634993 | issue=153}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;) at a certain discrete set of distances from the nucleus. These orbits are associated with definite energies and are also called energy shells or [[energy level]]s.  In these orbits, the electron&#039;s acceleration does not result in radiation and energy loss as required by classical electromagnetics. &lt;br /&gt;
# Electrons can only gain and lose energy by jumping from one allowed orbit to another, absorbing or emitting electromagnetic radiation with a frequency &#039;&#039;ν&#039;&#039; determined by the energy difference of the levels according to the &#039;&#039;Planck relation&#039;&#039;:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\Delta{E} = E_2-E_1 = h \nu\  ,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt; where &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039; is [[Planck&#039;s constant]]. The frequency of the radiation emitted at an orbit of period &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; is as it would be in classical mechanics; it is the reciprocal of the classical orbit period:&amp;lt;blockquote&amp;gt;&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \nu = {1\over T}.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/blockquote&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The significance of the Bohr model is that the laws of classical mechanics apply to the motion of the electron about the nucleus &#039;&#039;only when restricted by a quantum rule&#039;&#039;. Although rule 3 is not completely well defined for small orbits, because the emission process involves two orbits with two different periods, Bohr could determine the energy spacing between levels using rule 3 and come to an exactly correct quantum rule: the angular momentum &#039;&#039;L&#039;&#039; is restricted to be an integer multiple of a fixed unit:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; L = n{h \over 2\pi} = n\hbar&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; = 1, 2, 3, ... is called the [[principal quantum number]], and &#039;&#039;ħ&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;/2π. The lowest value of &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; is 1; this gives a smallest possible orbital radius of 0.0529&amp;amp;nbsp;nm known as the [[Bohr radius]]. Once an electron is in this lowest orbit, it can get no closer to the proton. Starting from the angular momentum quantum rule, Bohr&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
 |author=N. Bohr&lt;br /&gt;
 |year=1913&lt;br /&gt;
 |title=I.On the constitution of atoms and molecules&lt;br /&gt;
 |journal=[[Philosophical Magazine]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |volume=26 |issue= 151|pages=1–25&lt;br /&gt;
 |bibcode=&lt;br /&gt;
 |doi=10.1080/14786441308634955&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; was able to calculate the [[Bohr model#Electron energy levels|energies of the allowed orbits]] of the hydrogen atom and other [[Bohr model#Shell model of the atom|hydrogen-like]] atoms and ions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Other points are:&lt;br /&gt;
# Like Einstein&#039;s theory of the [[Photoelectric effect]], Bohr&#039;s formula assumes that during a quantum jump a &#039;&#039;discrete&#039;&#039; amount of energy is radiated. However, unlike Einstein, Bohr stuck to the &#039;&#039;classical&#039;&#039; [[Maxwell&#039;s equations|Maxwell theory]] of the electromagnetic field. Quantization of the electromagnetic field was explained by the discreteness of the atomic [[Bohr model#Electron energy levels|energy levels]]; Bohr did not believe in the existence of [[photon]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
# According to the Maxwell theory the frequency &#039;&#039;ν&#039;&#039; of classical radiation is equal to the rotation frequency &#039;&#039;ν&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;rot&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; of the electron in its orbit, with [[harmonics]] at integer multiples of this frequency. This result is obtained from the Bohr model for jumps between energy levels &#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; and &#039;&#039;E&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;−&#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; when &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039; is much smaller than &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;. These jumps reproduce the frequency of the &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;-th harmonic of orbit &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;. For sufficiently large values of &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; (so-called [[Rydberg state]]s), the two orbits involved in the emission process have nearly the same rotation frequency, so that the classical orbital frequency is not ambiguous. But for small &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; (or large &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;), the radiation frequency has no unambiguous classical interpretation. This marks the birth of the [[correspondence principle]], requiring quantum theory to agree with the classical theory only in the limit of large quantum numbers.&lt;br /&gt;
# The [[BKS theory|Bohr-Kramers-Slater theory]] (BKS theory) is a failed attempt to extend the Bohr model which violates the conservation of [[Conservation of energy|energy]] and [[Conservation of linear momentum|momentum]] in quantum jumps, with the conservation laws only holding on average.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bohr&#039;s condition, that the angular momentum is an integer multiple of &#039;&#039;ħ&#039;&#039; was later reinterpreted in 1924 by [[de Broglie]] as a [[standing wave]] condition: the electron is described by a wave and a whole number of wavelengths must fit along the circumference of the electron&#039;s orbit:&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n \lambda = 2 \pi r.\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Substituting de Broglie&#039;s wavelength of &#039;&#039;&#039;h/p&#039;&#039;&#039; reproduces Bohr&#039;s rule. In 1913, however, Bohr justified his rule by appealing to the correspondence principle, without providing any sort of wave interpretation. In 1913, the wave behavior of matter particles such as the electron (i.e., [[matter wave]]s) was not suspected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1925 a new kind of mechanics was proposed, [[quantum mechanics]], in which Bohr&#039;s model of electrons traveling in quantized orbits was extended into a [[matrix mechanics|more accurate model]] of electron motion. The new theory was proposed by [[Werner Heisenberg]]. [[Schrödinger equation|Another form]] of the same theory, wave mechanics, was discovered by the Austrian physicist [[Erwin Schrödinger]] independently, and by different reasoning. Schrödinger employed de Broglie&#039;s matter waves, but sought wave solutions of a three-dimensional wave equation describing electrons that were constrained to move about the nucleus of a [[hydrogen-like atom]], by being trapped by the potential of the positive nuclear charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Electron energy levels ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bohr model gives almost exact results only for a system where two charged points orbit each other at speeds much less than that of light. This not only includes one-electron systems such as the [[hydrogen atom]], singly ionized [[helium]], doubly ionized [[lithium]], but it includes [[positronium]] and [[Rydberg states]] of any atom where one electron is far away from everything else. It can be used for [[K-line (spectrometry)|K-line]] X-ray transition calculations if other assumptions are added (see [[#Moseley&#039;s law and calculation of K-alpha X-ray emission lines|Moseley&#039;s law]] below). In high energy physics,&lt;br /&gt;
it can be used to calculate the masses of [[quark|heavy quark]] [[meson]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To calculate the orbits requires two assumptions:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Classical mechanics&lt;br /&gt;
:The electron is held in a circular orbit by electrostatic attraction. The [[centripetal force]] is equal to the [[Coulomb law|Coulomb force]].&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; {m_\mathrm{e} v^2\over r} = {Zk_\mathrm{e} e^2 \over r^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:where &#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the [[electron]]&#039;s mass, &#039;&#039;e&#039;&#039; is the charge of the electron, &#039;&#039;k&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is [[Coulomb&#039;s constant]] and &#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; is the atom&#039;s [[atomic number]]. This equation determines the electron&#039;s speed at any radius:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; v = \sqrt{ Zk_\mathrm{e} e^2 \over m_\mathrm{e} r}. &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
: It also determines the electron&#039;s total energy at any radius:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; E= {1\over 2} m_\mathrm{e} v^2 - {Z k_\mathrm{e} e^2 \over r} = - {Z k_\mathrm{e} e^2 \over 2r}.  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The total energy is negative and inversely proportional to &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;. This means that it takes energy to pull the orbiting electron away from the proton. For infinite values of &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039;, the energy is zero, corresponding to a motionless electron infinitely far from the proton. The total energy is half the [[potential energy]], which is true for noncircular orbits too by the [[virial theorem]].&lt;br /&gt;
:For [[positronium]], &#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is replaced by its [[reduced mass]] ({{nowrap|&#039;&#039;&amp;amp;mu;&#039;&#039; {{=}} &#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/2}}).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Quantum rule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The [[angular momentum]] {{nowrap|&#039;&#039;L&#039;&#039; {{=}} &#039;&#039;m&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;e&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;vr&#039;&#039;}} is an integer multiple of &#039;&#039;ħ&#039;&#039;:&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; m_\mathrm{e} v r = n \hbar &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:Substituting the expression for the velocity gives an equation for &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; in terms of n:&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; \sqrt{Zk_\mathrm{e} e^2 m_\mathrm{e} r} = n \hbar &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
:so that the allowed orbit radius at any n is:&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; r_n = {n^2\hbar^2\over Zk_\mathrm{e} e^2 m_\mathrm{e}} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The smallest possible value of &#039;&#039;r&#039;&#039; in the hydrogen atom is called the [[Bohr radius]] and is equal to:&lt;br /&gt;
:: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;r_1 = {\hbar^2 \over k_\mathrm{e} e^2 m_\mathrm{e}} \approx 5.29 \times 10^{-11} \mathrm{m} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:The energy of the &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;-th level for any atom is determined by the radius and quantum number:&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; E = -{Zk_\mathrm{e} e^2 \over 2r_n } = - { Z^2(k_\mathrm{e} e^2)^2 m_\mathrm{e} \over 2\hbar^2 n^2} \approx {-13.6Z^2 \over n^2}\mathrm{eV} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An electron in the lowest energy level of hydrogen ({{nowrap|&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; {{=}} 1}}) therefore has about 13.6&amp;amp;nbsp;[[electronvolt|eV]] less energy than a motionless electron infinitely far from the nucleus.  The next energy level ({{nowrap|&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; {{=}} 2}})  is −3.4&amp;amp;nbsp;eV.  The third (&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039; = 3) is −1.51&amp;amp;nbsp;eV, and so on. For larger values of &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;, these are also the binding energies of a highly excited atom with one electron in a large circular orbit around the rest of the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The combination of natural constants in the energy formula is called the Rydberg energy (&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;):&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; R_\mathrm{E} = { (k_\mathrm{e} e^2)^2 m_\mathrm{e} \over 2 \hbar^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This expression is clarified by interpreting it in combinations which form more [[natural units]]:&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\, m_\mathrm{e} c^2 &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the [[rest mass energy]] of the electron (511 keV)&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\, {k_\mathrm{e} e^2 \over \hbar c} = \alpha \approx {1\over 137} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the [[fine structure constant]]&lt;br /&gt;
: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\, R_\mathrm{E} = {1\over 2} (m_\mathrm{e} c^2) \alpha^2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this derivation is with the assumption that the nucleus is orbited by one electron, we can generalize this result by letting the nucleus have a charge &#039;&#039;q&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;Z e&#039;&#039; where &#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; is the [[atomic number]]. This will now give us energy levels for hydrogenic atoms, which can serve as a rough order-of-magnitude approximation of the actual energy levels. So, for nuclei with &#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; protons, the energy levels are (to a rough approximation):&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; E_n = -{Z^2 R_\mathrm{E} \over n^2} &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The actual energy levels cannot be solved analytically for more than one electron (see [[n-body problem|&#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;-body problem]]) because the electrons are not only affected by the [[atomic nucleus|nucleus]] but also interact with each other via the [[Coulomb Force]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When &#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039; = 1/&#039;&#039;α&#039;&#039; (Z ≈ 137), the motion becomes highly relativistic, and &#039;&#039;Z&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; cancels the &#039;&#039;α&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; in &#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;; the orbit energy begins to be comparable to rest energy. Sufficiently large nuclei, if they were stable, would reduce their charge by creating a bound electron from the vacuum, ejecting the positron to infinity. This is the theoretical phenomenon of electromagnetic charge screening which predicts a maximum nuclear charge. Emission of such positrons has been observed in the collisions of heavy ions to create temporary super-heavy nuclei.{{Citation needed|date=April 2007}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bohr formula properly uses the [[reduced mass]] of electron and proton in all situations, instead of the mass of the electron: &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;m_\text{red} = \frac{m_\mathrm{e} m_\mathrm{p}}{m_\mathrm{e} + m_\mathrm{p}} = m_\mathrm{e} \frac{1}{1+m_\mathrm{e}/m_\mathrm{p}}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. However, these numbers are very nearly the same, due to the much larger mass of the proton, about 1836.1 times the mass of the electron, so that the reduced mass in the system is the mass of the electron multiplied by the constant 1836.1/(1+1836.1) = 0.99946. This fact was historically important in convincing Rutherford of the importance of Bohr&#039;s model, for it explained the fact that the frequencies of lines in the spectra for singly ionized helium do not differ from those of hydrogen by a factor of exactly 4, but rather by 4 times the ratio of the reduced mass for the hydrogen vs. the helium systems, which was much closer to the experimental ratio than exactly 4.0.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For positronium, the formula uses the [[reduced mass]] also, but in this case, it is exactly the electron mass divided by 2. For any value of the radius, the electron and the positron are each moving at half the speed around their common center of mass, and each has only one fourth the kinetic energy. The total kinetic energy is half what it would be for a single electron moving around a heavy nucleus.&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt; E_n = {R_\mathrm{E} \over 2 n^2 }  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; (positronium)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rydberg formula ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Rydberg formula]], which was known empirically before Bohr&#039;s formula, is now in Bohr&#039;s theory seen as describing the energies of transitions or [[Atomic electron transition|quantum jumps]] between one orbital energy level, and another. [[Bohr model#History|Bohr&#039;s formula]] gives the numerical value of the already-known and measured [[Rydberg&#039;s constant]], but now in terms of more fundamental constants of nature, including the electron&#039;s charge and [[Planck&#039;s constant]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the electron gets moved from its original energy level to a higher one, it then jumps back each level till it comes to the original position, which results in a [[photon]] being emitted. Using the derived formula for the different energy levels of hydrogen one may determine the wavelengths of light that a hydrogen atom can emit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The energy of a photon emitted by a hydrogen atom is given by the difference of two hydrogen energy levels:&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E=E_i-E_f=R_\mathrm{E} \left( \frac{1}{n_{f}^2} - \frac{1}{n_{i}^2} \right) \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;f&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the final energy level, and &#039;&#039;n&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;i&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt; is the initial energy level.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since the energy of a [[photon]] is&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E=\frac{hc}{\lambda}, \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
the wavelength of the photon given off is given by&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\frac{1}{\lambda}=R \left( \frac{1}{n_{f}^2} - \frac{1}{n_{i}^2} \right). \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is known as the [[Rydberg formula]], and the Rydberg constant R is &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_\mathrm{E}/hc&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;, or &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;R_\mathrm{E}/2\pi&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; in [[natural units]].  This formula was known in the nineteenth century to scientists studying [[spectroscopy]], but there was no theoretical explanation for this form or a theoretical prediction for the value of R, until Bohr. In fact, Bohr&#039;s derivation of the Rydberg constant, as well as the concomitant agreement of [[Bohr model#History|Bohr&#039;s formula]] with experimentally observed spectral lines of the [[Lyman series|Lyman]] (&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_f = 1&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), [[Balmer series|Balmer]] (&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_f = 2&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;), and [[Paschen series|Paschen]] (&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;n_f = 3&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;) series, and successful theoretical prediction of other lines not yet observed, was one reason that his model was immediately accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply to atoms with more than one electron, the Rydberg formula can be modified by replacing &amp;quot;Z&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;Z − b&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;n&amp;quot; with &amp;quot;n − b&amp;quot; where b is constant representing a screening effect due to the inner-shell  and other electrons (see [[Electron shell]] and the later discussion of the &amp;quot;Shell Model of the Atom&amp;quot; below). This was established empirically before Bohr presented his model.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shell model of the atom ==&lt;br /&gt;
In 1922, Nobel prize winner Niels Bohr revised Rutherford&#039;s model by suggesting that&lt;br /&gt;
* The electrons were confined into clearly defined orbits.&lt;br /&gt;
* They could jump between these orbits, but could not freely spiral inward or outward in intermediate states.&lt;br /&gt;
* An electron must absorb or emit specific amounts of energy for transition between these fixed orbits.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bohr extended the model of Hydrogen to give an approximate model for heavier atoms. This gave a physical picture which reproduced many known atomic properties for the first time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Heavier atoms have more protons in the nucleus, and more electrons to cancel the charge. Bohr&#039;s idea was that each discrete orbit could only hold a certain number of electrons. After that orbit is full, the next level would have to be used. This gives the atom a [[electron configuration|shell structure]], in which each shell corresponds to a Bohr orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This model is even more approximate than the model of hydrogen, because it treats the electrons in each shell as non-interacting. But the repulsions of electrons are taken into account somewhat by the phenomenon of [[Shielding effect|screening]]. The electrons in outer orbits do not only orbit the nucleus, but they also move around the inner electrons, so the effective charge Z that they feel is reduced by the number of the electrons in the inner orbit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, the lithium atom has two electrons in the lowest 1s orbit, and these orbit at Z=2. Each one sees the nuclear charge of Z=3 minus the screening effect of the other, which crudely reduces the nuclear charge by 1 unit. This means that the innermost electrons orbit at approximately 1/4 the Bohr radius. The outermost electron in lithium orbits at roughly Z=1, since the two inner electrons reduce the nuclear charge by 2. This outer electron should be at nearly one Bohr radius from the nucleus. Because the electrons strongly repel each other, the effective charge description is very approximate; the effective charge Z doesn&#039;t usually come out to be an integer. But [[Moseley&#039;s law]] experimentally probes the innermost pair of electrons, and shows that they do see a nuclear charge of approximately Z−1, while the outermost electron in an atom or ion with only one electron in the outermost shell orbits a core with effective charge Z−k where k is the total number of electrons in the inner shells.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The shell model was able to qualitatively explain many of the mysterious properties of atoms which became codified in the late 19th century in the [[periodic table of the elements]]. One property was the size of atoms, which could be determined approximately by measuring the [[viscosity]] of gases and density of pure crystalline solids. Atoms tend to get smaller toward the right in the periodic table, and become much larger at the next line of the table. Atoms to the right of the table tend to gain electrons, while atoms to the left tend to lose them. Every element on the last column of the table is chemically inert ([[noble gas]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the shell model, this phenomenon is explained by shell-filling. Successive atoms become smaller because they are filling orbits of the same size, until the orbit is full, at which point the next atom in the table has a loosely bound outer electron, causing it to expand. The first Bohr orbit is filled when it has two electrons, and this explains why helium is inert. The second orbit allows eight electrons, and when it is full the atom is neon, again inert. The third orbital contains eight again, except that in the more correct Sommerfeld treatment (reproduced in modern quantum mechanics) there are extra &amp;quot;d&amp;quot; electrons. The third orbit may hold an extra 10 d electrons, but these positions are not filled until a few more orbitals from the next level are filled (filling the n=3 d orbitals produces the 10 [[transition elements]]). The irregular filling pattern is an effect of interactions between electrons, which are not taken into account in either the Bohr or Sommerfeld models, and which are difficult to calculate even in the modern treatment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Moseley&#039;s law and calculation of K-alpha X-ray emission lines ==&lt;br /&gt;
Niels Bohr said in 1962, &amp;quot;You see actually the Rutherford work [the nuclear atom] was not taken seriously. We cannot understand today, but it was not taken seriously at all. There was no mention of it any place. The great change came from Moseley.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In 1913 [[Henry Moseley]] found an empirical relationship between the strongest X-ray line emitted by atoms under electron bombardment (then known as the [[K-alpha]] line), and their atomic number Z. Moseley&#039;s empiric formula was found to be derivable from Rydberg and Bohr&#039;s formula (Moseley actually mentions only [[Ernest Rutherford]] and [[Antonius Van den Broek]] in terms of models). The two additional assumptions that &#039;&#039;&#039;[1]&#039;&#039;&#039; this X-ray line came from a transition between energy levels with quantum numbers 1 and 2, and &#039;&#039;&#039;[2]&#039;&#039;&#039;, that the atomic number Z when used in the formula for atoms heavier than hydrogen, should be diminished by 1, to (Z−1)&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moseley wrote to Bohr, puzzled about his results, but Bohr was not able to help. At that time, he thought that the postulated innermost &amp;quot;K&amp;quot; shell of electrons should have at least four electrons, not the two which would have neatly explained the result. So Moseley published his results without a theoretical explanation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Later, people realized that the effect was caused by charge screening, with an inner shell containing only 2 electrons. In the experiment, one of the innermost electrons in the atom is knocked out, leaving a vacancy in the lowest Bohr orbit, which contains a single remaining electron. This vacancy is then filled by an electron from the next orbit, which has n=2. But the n=2 electrons see an effective charge of Z−1, which is the value appropriate for the charge of the nucleus, when a single electron remains in the lowest Bohr orbit to screen the nuclear charge +Z, and lower it by −1 (due to the electron&#039;s negative charge screening the nuclear positive charge). The energy gained by an electron dropping from the second shell to the first gives [[Moseley&#039;s law]] for K-alpha lines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;E= h\nu = E_i-E_f=R_\mathrm{E} (Z-1)^2 \left( \frac{1}{1^2} - \frac{1}{2^2} \right) \,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
or&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
::&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;f = \nu = R_\mathrm{v} \left( \frac{3}{4}\right) (Z-1)^2 = (2.46 \times 10^{15} \operatorname{Hz})(Z-1)^2.&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here, &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;v&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; = &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;R&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;E&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;/&#039;&#039;h&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; is the Rydberg constant, in terms of frequency equal to 3.28 x 10&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;15&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; Hz. For values of Z between 11 and 31 this latter relationship had been empirically derived by Moseley, in a simple (linear) plot of the square root of X-ray frequency against atomic number (however, for silver, Z = 47, the experimentally obtained screening term should be replaced by 0.4). Notwithstanding its restricted validity,&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
 |author=M.A.B. Whitaker&lt;br /&gt;
 |year=1999&lt;br /&gt;
 |title=The Bohr–Moseley synthesis and a simple model for atomic x-ray energies&lt;br /&gt;
 |journal=[[European Journal of Physics]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |volume=20 |issue= 3|pages=213–220&lt;br /&gt;
 |bibcode= 1999EJPh...20..213W&lt;br /&gt;
 |doi=10.1088/0143-0807/20/3/312&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; Moseley&#039;s law not only established the objective meaning of atomic number (see [[Henry Moseley]] for detail) but, as Bohr noted, it also did more than the Rydberg derivation to establish the validity of the Rutherford/Van den Broek/Bohr nuclear model of the atom, with atomic number (place on the periodic table) standing for whole units of nuclear charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[K-alpha]] line of Moseley&#039;s time is now known to be a pair of close lines, written as (&#039;&#039;&#039;K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;α1&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; and &#039;&#039;&#039;K&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;α2&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039;) in [[Siegbahn notation]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Shortcomings ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bohr model gives an incorrect value &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;\scriptstyle \mathbf{L} = \hbar  &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for the ground state orbital angular momentum.  The angular momentum in the true ground state is known to be zero. Although mental pictures fail somewhat at these levels of scale, an electron in the lowest modern &amp;quot;orbital&amp;quot; with no orbital momentum, may be thought of as not to rotate &amp;quot;around&amp;quot; the nucleus at all, but merely to go tightly around it in an ellipse with zero area (this may be pictured as &amp;quot;back and forth&amp;quot;, without striking or interacting with the nucleus). This is only reproduced in a more sophisticated semiclassical treatment like Sommerfeld&#039;s. Still, even the most sophisticated semiclassical model fails to explain the fact that the lowest energy state is spherically symmetric--- it doesn&#039;t point in any particular direction. Nevertheless, in the modern &#039;&#039;fully quantum treatment in phase space&#039;&#039;, [[Weyl quantization]],  the proper deformation (full extension) of the semi-classical result adjusts the angular momentum value to the correct effective one. As a consequence, the physical ground state expression is obtained through a shift of the  vanishing quantum angular momentum expression, which corresponds to spherical symmetry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In modern quantum mechanics, the electron in hydrogen is a [[electron cloud|spherical cloud of probability]] which grows denser near the nucleus. The rate-constant of probability-decay in hydrogen is equal to the inverse of the Bohr radius, but since Bohr worked with circular orbits, not zero area ellipses, the fact that these two numbers exactly agree, is considered a &amp;quot;coincidence.&amp;quot; (Though many such coincidental agreements are found between the semi-classical vs. full quantum mechanical treatment of the atom; these include identical energy levels in the hydrogen atom, and the derivation of a [[fine structure constant]], which arises from the relativistic Bohr–Sommerfeld model (see below), and which happens to be equal to an entirely different concept, in full modern quantum mechanics).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bohr model also has difficulty with, or else fails to explain:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Much of the spectra of larger atoms. At best, it can make predictions about the [[K-alpha]] and some L-alpha X-ray emission spectra for larger atoms, if &#039;&#039;two&#039;&#039; additional ad hoc assumptions are made (see [[Moseley&#039;s law]] above). Emission spectra for atoms with a single outer-shell electron (atoms in the [[lithium]] group) can also be approximately predicted. Also, if the empiric electron–nuclear screening factors for many atoms are known, many other spectral lines can be deduced from the information, in similar atoms of differing elements, via the Ritz–Rydberg combination principles (see [[Rydberg formula]]). All these techniques essentially make use of Bohr&#039;s Newtonian energy-potential picture of the atom.&lt;br /&gt;
* the relative intensities of spectral lines; although in some simple cases, Bohr&#039;s formula or modifications of it, was able to provide reasonable estimates (for example, calculations by Kramers for the [[Stark effect]]).&lt;br /&gt;
* The existence of [[fine structure]] and [[hyperfine structure]] in spectral lines, which are known to be due to a variety of relativistic and subtle effects, as well as complications from electron spin.&lt;br /&gt;
* The [[Zeeman effect]] – changes in spectral lines due to external [[magnetic field]]s; these are also due to more complicated quantum principles interacting with electron spin and orbital magnetic fields.&lt;br /&gt;
* The model also violates the [[uncertainty principle]] in that it considers electrons to have known orbits and locations, two things which can not be measured simultaneously.&lt;br /&gt;
* Doublets and Triplets: Appear in the spectra of some atoms: Very close pairs of lines. Bohr’s model cannot say why some energy levels should be very close together.&lt;br /&gt;
* Multi-electron Atoms: don’t have energy levels predicted by the model. It doesn’t work for (neutral) helium.&lt;br /&gt;
* A rotating charge such as the electron classically orbiting around the nucleus, would constantly lose energy in form of electromagnetic radiation (via various mechanisms: [[dipole radiation]], [[Bremsstrahlung]],...). But such radiation is not observed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Refinements ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Sommerfeld ellipses.svg|thumb|Elliptical orbits with the same energy and quantized angular momentum]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Several enhancements to the Bohr model were proposed; most notably the &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Old quantum theory|Sommerfeld model]]&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;[[Bohr–Sommerfeld theory|Bohr–Sommerfeld model]]&#039;&#039;&#039;, which suggested that electrons travel in elliptical orbits around a nucleus instead of the  Bohr model&#039;s circular orbits.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Akhlesh Lakhtakia Ed. 1996&amp;quot; /&amp;gt; This model supplemented the quantized angular momentum condition of the Bohr model with an additional radial quantization condition, the &#039;&#039;&#039;Sommerfeld–Wilson quantization condition&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
 |author=A. Sommerfeld&lt;br /&gt;
 |year=1916&lt;br /&gt;
 |title=Zur Quantentheorie der Spektrallinien&lt;br /&gt;
 |journal=[[Annalen der Physik]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |volume=51 |issue= 17|pages=1&lt;br /&gt;
 |bibcode=1916AnP...356....1S&lt;br /&gt;
 |doi=10.1002/andp.19163561702&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
{{cite journal&lt;br /&gt;
 |author=W. Wilson&lt;br /&gt;
 |year=1915&lt;br /&gt;
 |title=The quantum theory of radiation and line spectra&lt;br /&gt;
 |journal=[[Philosophical Magazine]]&lt;br /&gt;
 |volume=29 |pages=795–802&lt;br /&gt;
 |bibcode=&lt;br /&gt;
 |doi=10.1080/14786440608635362&lt;br /&gt;
 |issue=174&lt;br /&gt;
}}&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
\int_0^T p_r \,dq_r = n h&lt;br /&gt;
\,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
where &#039;&#039;p&amp;lt;sub&amp;gt;r&amp;lt;/sub&amp;gt;&#039;&#039; is the radial momentum canonically conjugate to the coordinate &#039;&#039;q&#039;&#039; which is the radial position and &#039;&#039;T&#039;&#039; is one full orbital period. The integral is the [[action (physics)|action]] of [[action-angle coordinates]]. This condition, suggested by the [[correspondence principle]], is the only one possible, since the quantum numbers are [[adiabatic invariant]]s.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bohr–Sommerfeld model was fundamentally inconsistent and led to many paradoxes. The [[magnetic quantum number]] measured the tilt of the orbital plane relative to the &#039;&#039;xy&#039;&#039;-plane, and it could only take a few discrete values. This contradicted the obvious fact that an atom could be turned this way and that relative to the coordinates without restriction. The Sommerfeld quantization can be performed in different canonical coordinates, and sometimes gives answers which are different. The incorporation of radiation corrections was difficult, because it required finding action-angle coordinates for a combined radiation/atom system, which is difficult when the radiation is allowed to escape. The whole theory did not extend to non-integrable motions, which meant that many systems could not be treated even in principle.  In the end, the model was replaced by the modern [[quantum mechanics|quantum mechanical]] treatment of the [[hydrogen atom]], which was first given by [[Wolfgang Pauli]] in 1925, using [[Werner Heisenberg|Heisenberg]]&#039;s [[matrix mechanics]]. The current picture of the hydrogen atom is based on the [[atomic orbitals]] of [[Schrödinger equation|wave mechanics]] which [[Erwin Schrödinger]] developed in 1926.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, this is not to say that the Bohr model was without its successes. Calculations based on the Bohr–Sommerfeld model were able to accurately explain a number of more complex atomic spectral effects. For example, up to first-order [[perturbation theory|perturbations]], the Bohr model and quantum mechanics make the same predictions for the spectral line splitting in the [[Stark effect]]. At higher-order perturbations, however, the Bohr model and quantum mechanics differ, and measurements of the Stark effect under high field strengths helped confirm the correctness of quantum mechanics over the Bohr model.  The prevailing theory behind this difference lies in the shapes of the orbitals of the electrons, which vary according to the energy state of the electron.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Bohr–Sommerfeld quantization conditions lead to questions in modern mathematics. Consistent semiclassical quantization condition requires a certain type of structure on the phase space, which places topological limitations on the types of symplectic manifolds which can be quantized. In particular, the symplectic form should be the [[curvature form]] of a [[connection (mathematics)|connection]] of a [[Charles Hermite|Hermitian]] [[line bundle]], which is called a  [[geometric quantization|prequantization]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See also ==&lt;br /&gt;
{| &amp;lt;!--split as 2 columns on all browsers --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| valign=top |&lt;br /&gt;
*[[1913 in science]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Balmer&#039;s Constant]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Basic concepts of quantum mechanics]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Franck–Hertz experiment]] provided early support for the Bohr model.{{nb5}}&lt;br /&gt;
| valign=top |&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Free-fall atomic model]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Inert pair effect]] is adequately explained by means of the Bohr model.&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Introduction to quantum mechanics]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Theoretical and experimental justification for the Schrödinger equation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{More footnotes|date=December 2008}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Footnotes ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{reflist}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Primary sources ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite journal | author=Niels Bohr | title=On the Constitution of Atoms and Molecules, Part I | journal=Philosophical Magazine | year=1913 | volume=26 | pages=1–24 | doi= 10.1080/14786441308634955| url=http://web.ihep.su/dbserv/compas/src/bohr13/eng.pdf | issue=151}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite journal | author=Niels Bohr | title=On the Constitution of Atoms and Molecules, Part II Systems Containing Only a Single Nucleus | journal=Philosophical Magazine | year=1913 | volume=26 | pages=476–502 | url=http://web.ihep.su/dbserv/compas/src/bohr13b/eng.pdf | doi=10.1080/14786441308634993 | issue=153}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite journal | author=Niels Bohr | title=On the Constitution of Atoms and Molecules, Part III Systems containing several nuclei| journal=Philosophical Magazine | year=1913 | volume=26 | pages=857–875}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite journal | author=Niels Bohr | title=The spectra of helium and hydrogen | journal=Nature | year=1914 | volume=92 | pages=231–232 | doi=10.1038/092231d0|bibcode = 1913Natur..92..231B | issue=2295}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite journal | author=Niels Bohr | title=Atomic Structure | journal=Nature | year=1921 | volume=107 | pages=104–107 | doi=10.1038/107104a0|bibcode = 1921Natur.107..104B | issue=2682 | url=http://www.chemteam.info/Chem-History/Bohr-Nature-1921.html}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite journal | author=A. Einstein |title=Zum Quantensatz von Sommerfeld und Epstein |journal=Verhandlungen der Deutschen Physikalischen Gesellschaft | year=1917 | volume=19 |pages=82–92}} Reprinted in &#039;&#039;The Collected Papers of Albert Einstein&#039;&#039;, A. Engel  translator, (1997) Princeton University Press, Princeton. &#039;&#039;&#039;6&#039;&#039;&#039; p.&amp;amp;nbsp;434. (provides an elegant reformulation of the Bohr–Sommerfeld quantization conditions, as well as an important insight into the quantization of non-integrable (chaotic) dynamical systems.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Further reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book | author=Linus Carl Pauling | title=General Chemistry |chapter=Chapter 5-1 | edition=3rd | publisher=W.H. Freeman &amp;amp; Co| location = San Francisco | year=1970 }}&lt;br /&gt;
** Reprint: {{cite book | author=Linus Pauling | title=General Chemistry | publisher=Dover Publications | location = New York | year=1988 | isbn=0-486-65622-5}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book | author=George Gamow | title=Thirty Years That Shook Physics |chapter=Chapter 2 | publisher=Dover Publications  | year=1985 }}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book | author=Walter J. Lehmann | title= Atomic and Molecular Structure: the development of our concepts |chapter=Chapter 18 |publisher= John Wiley and Sons| year=1972}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book | author=Paul Tipler and Ralph Llewellyn | title=Modern Physics| edition=4th | publisher=W. H. Freeman | year=2002 | isbn=0-7167-4345-0}}&lt;br /&gt;
*Klaus Hentschel: Elektronenbahnen, Quantensprünge und Spektren, in: Charlotte Bigg &amp;amp; Jochen Hennig (eds.) Atombilder. Ikonografien des Atoms in Wissenschaft und Öffentlichkeit des 20. Jahrhunderts,  Göttingen: Wallstein-Verlag 2009, pp.&amp;amp;nbsp;51–61&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite book | author= Steven and Susan Zumdahl | title=Chemistry |edition=8th | chapter=Chapter 7.4 | publisher=Brooks/Cole | year=2010 | isbn=978-0-495-82992-8}}&lt;br /&gt;
*{{cite journal |author=Helge Kragh |title=Conceptual objections to the Bohr atomic theory — do electrons have a &amp;quot;free will&amp;quot; ? |journal=[[European Physical Journal H]] |doi=10.1140/epjh/e2011-20031-x|bibcode = 2011EPJH...36..327K |year=2011 |volume=36 |issue=3 |pages=327 }}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{Atomic models}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{{DEFAULTSORT:Bohr Model}}&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Atomic physics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Foundational quantum physics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Concepts in physics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Hydrogen physics]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Niels Bohr]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:1913 in science]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>AngelikWetter</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>